118
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS *************************************************************************** FFY 2014-15 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO. STPL-5008(142) *************************************************************************** Revised: February 10, 2016

Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    0

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

FFY 2014-15 STREET RESURFACING PROJECT

CITY PROJECT NO PW1446

FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

Revised February 10 2016

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

2

Special Provisions

for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project

City Project No PW1446 Federal-Aid Project No STPL-5008(142)

Prepared by Thinh Phan Assistant Resident Engineer

jalmassy
Rectangle

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

3

SPECIAL NOTES 6 SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 6

1-101 Specifications 6 1-102 Plans 7 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility 7 1-104 Terms and Definitions 7

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 8 2-101 General 8

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8 3-101 Pre-Bid Conference 8 3-102 Contract Award 8 3-103 Bid Protest 9 3-104 Contract Execution 9

SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 9 SECTION 5 GENERAL 11

5-101 Understanding of Conditions 11 5-102 Location 11 5-103 Partial Payment 11 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities 11 5-105 Guaranty 11 5-106 Construction Control 12 5-107 Inspections 12 5-108 Environmental Protection 12 5-109 Bird Protection 12 5-110 Cultural Resources 13 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) 13 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety 16 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments 17 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access 18 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access 18 5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others 19 5-117 Schedule 19 5-118 Preconstruction Survey 19 5-119 Public Notification 20 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions 21 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup 22 5-122 Disposal of Materials 22 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting 22 5-124 Submittals 22 5-125 Progress Schedule 23 5-126 Payments 24 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress 24 5-128 Noise Control Requirement 24 5-129 Dust Control 25 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System 25 5-131 Staging Areas 25 5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings 26 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board 26 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities 26 5-135 Differing Site Conditions 27 5-136 Changes and Extra Work 27 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim 27 5-138 Stop Notice Withholds 28 5-139 Records 28

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

4

5-140 Buy America Requirements 28 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted 29 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting 29

SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 29 6-101 City Furnished Materials 29

SECTION 7 Blank 29 SECTION 8 MATERIALS 30

8-101 Minor Concrete 30 SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 30

9-101 Description of Work 30 SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 33

10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames 33 10-102 Detector Loops 34 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings 38 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings 38 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings 40 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings 40 10-108 Pavement Markers 41 10-109 Environmental Regulations 43 10-110 Public Safety 43 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing 44 10-112 Tack Coat 46 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) 46 10-114 Sweeping 47 10-115 Shoulder Backing 47

SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 48 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair 48 11-102 Asphalt 48 11-103 Applying Asphalt 48 11-104 Asphalt Grade 48 11-105 Aggregate 49 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal 51 11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design 52 11-108 Contractor Quality Control 52 11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance 54 11-110 General Requirements 55 11-111 Spreading Equipment 55 11-112 Spreading 56 11-113 Compacting Equipment 56 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair 56 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving 57 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) 57 11-117 Conform Tapers 57 11-118 Smoothness 58 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA 58 11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing 59 11-121 Pay Factor for HMA 62 11-122 Measurement and Payment 63

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION 64 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal 64 12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder 67 12-103 Screenings 68 12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal 69 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder 69

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

5

12-106 Spreading Screenings 70 12-107 Finishing 71 12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas 71 12-109 Measurement and Payment 72 12-201 Micro-Surfacing 72 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing 72 12-203 Material 72 12-204 Mix Design 74 12-205 Proportioning 76 12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment 76 12-207 Spreader Box 76 12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box 77 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing 77 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing 77 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas 79 12-212 Test Strip Requirement 79 12-213 Repair of Early Distress 80 12-214 Calibration and Measurement 80 12-215 Payment 80 12-216 Warranty 80 12-217 Clean-up 81

SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 81 13-101 Description 81 13-102 Submittals 82 13-103 Quality Control and Assurance 82 13-104 Mix Design 82 13-105 Construction 85 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas 89 13-107 Calibration and Measurement 89 13-108 Payment 90 13-109 Warranty 90 13-110 Clean-up 91

SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 91 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure 91 14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp 92 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface 93 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) 93

SECTION 15 SIGNALS 95 15-101 Regulations and Code 95 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets 96 15-103 Description 96 15-104 Materials General 96 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings 96 15-106 Foundations 96 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts 97 15-108 ConduitInterconnect 97 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 98 15-110 Pull Boxes 98 15-111 Conductors and Wiring 99 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors 99 15-113 Bonding and Grounding 99 15-114 Pedestrian Signals - Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Mode 100 15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) 102

SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 104

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 2: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

2

Special Provisions

for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project

City Project No PW1446 Federal-Aid Project No STPL-5008(142)

Prepared by Thinh Phan Assistant Resident Engineer

jalmassy
Rectangle

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

3

SPECIAL NOTES 6 SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 6

1-101 Specifications 6 1-102 Plans 7 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility 7 1-104 Terms and Definitions 7

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 8 2-101 General 8

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8 3-101 Pre-Bid Conference 8 3-102 Contract Award 8 3-103 Bid Protest 9 3-104 Contract Execution 9

SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 9 SECTION 5 GENERAL 11

5-101 Understanding of Conditions 11 5-102 Location 11 5-103 Partial Payment 11 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities 11 5-105 Guaranty 11 5-106 Construction Control 12 5-107 Inspections 12 5-108 Environmental Protection 12 5-109 Bird Protection 12 5-110 Cultural Resources 13 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) 13 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety 16 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments 17 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access 18 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access 18 5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others 19 5-117 Schedule 19 5-118 Preconstruction Survey 19 5-119 Public Notification 20 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions 21 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup 22 5-122 Disposal of Materials 22 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting 22 5-124 Submittals 22 5-125 Progress Schedule 23 5-126 Payments 24 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress 24 5-128 Noise Control Requirement 24 5-129 Dust Control 25 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System 25 5-131 Staging Areas 25 5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings 26 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board 26 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities 26 5-135 Differing Site Conditions 27 5-136 Changes and Extra Work 27 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim 27 5-138 Stop Notice Withholds 28 5-139 Records 28

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

4

5-140 Buy America Requirements 28 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted 29 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting 29

SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 29 6-101 City Furnished Materials 29

SECTION 7 Blank 29 SECTION 8 MATERIALS 30

8-101 Minor Concrete 30 SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 30

9-101 Description of Work 30 SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 33

10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames 33 10-102 Detector Loops 34 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings 38 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings 38 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings 40 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings 40 10-108 Pavement Markers 41 10-109 Environmental Regulations 43 10-110 Public Safety 43 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing 44 10-112 Tack Coat 46 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) 46 10-114 Sweeping 47 10-115 Shoulder Backing 47

SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 48 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair 48 11-102 Asphalt 48 11-103 Applying Asphalt 48 11-104 Asphalt Grade 48 11-105 Aggregate 49 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal 51 11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design 52 11-108 Contractor Quality Control 52 11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance 54 11-110 General Requirements 55 11-111 Spreading Equipment 55 11-112 Spreading 56 11-113 Compacting Equipment 56 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair 56 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving 57 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) 57 11-117 Conform Tapers 57 11-118 Smoothness 58 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA 58 11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing 59 11-121 Pay Factor for HMA 62 11-122 Measurement and Payment 63

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION 64 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal 64 12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder 67 12-103 Screenings 68 12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal 69 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder 69

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

5

12-106 Spreading Screenings 70 12-107 Finishing 71 12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas 71 12-109 Measurement and Payment 72 12-201 Micro-Surfacing 72 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing 72 12-203 Material 72 12-204 Mix Design 74 12-205 Proportioning 76 12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment 76 12-207 Spreader Box 76 12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box 77 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing 77 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing 77 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas 79 12-212 Test Strip Requirement 79 12-213 Repair of Early Distress 80 12-214 Calibration and Measurement 80 12-215 Payment 80 12-216 Warranty 80 12-217 Clean-up 81

SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 81 13-101 Description 81 13-102 Submittals 82 13-103 Quality Control and Assurance 82 13-104 Mix Design 82 13-105 Construction 85 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas 89 13-107 Calibration and Measurement 89 13-108 Payment 90 13-109 Warranty 90 13-110 Clean-up 91

SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 91 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure 91 14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp 92 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface 93 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) 93

SECTION 15 SIGNALS 95 15-101 Regulations and Code 95 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets 96 15-103 Description 96 15-104 Materials General 96 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings 96 15-106 Foundations 96 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts 97 15-108 ConduitInterconnect 97 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 98 15-110 Pull Boxes 98 15-111 Conductors and Wiring 99 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors 99 15-113 Bonding and Grounding 99 15-114 Pedestrian Signals - Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Mode 100 15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) 102

SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 104

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 3: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

3

SPECIAL NOTES 6 SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 6

1-101 Specifications 6 1-102 Plans 7 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility 7 1-104 Terms and Definitions 7

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 8 2-101 General 8

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8 3-101 Pre-Bid Conference 8 3-102 Contract Award 8 3-103 Bid Protest 9 3-104 Contract Execution 9

SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 9 SECTION 5 GENERAL 11

5-101 Understanding of Conditions 11 5-102 Location 11 5-103 Partial Payment 11 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities 11 5-105 Guaranty 11 5-106 Construction Control 12 5-107 Inspections 12 5-108 Environmental Protection 12 5-109 Bird Protection 12 5-110 Cultural Resources 13 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) 13 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety 16 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments 17 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access 18 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access 18 5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others 19 5-117 Schedule 19 5-118 Preconstruction Survey 19 5-119 Public Notification 20 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions 21 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup 22 5-122 Disposal of Materials 22 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting 22 5-124 Submittals 22 5-125 Progress Schedule 23 5-126 Payments 24 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress 24 5-128 Noise Control Requirement 24 5-129 Dust Control 25 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System 25 5-131 Staging Areas 25 5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings 26 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board 26 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities 26 5-135 Differing Site Conditions 27 5-136 Changes and Extra Work 27 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim 27 5-138 Stop Notice Withholds 28 5-139 Records 28

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

4

5-140 Buy America Requirements 28 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted 29 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting 29

SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 29 6-101 City Furnished Materials 29

SECTION 7 Blank 29 SECTION 8 MATERIALS 30

8-101 Minor Concrete 30 SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 30

9-101 Description of Work 30 SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 33

10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames 33 10-102 Detector Loops 34 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings 38 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings 38 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings 40 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings 40 10-108 Pavement Markers 41 10-109 Environmental Regulations 43 10-110 Public Safety 43 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing 44 10-112 Tack Coat 46 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) 46 10-114 Sweeping 47 10-115 Shoulder Backing 47

SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 48 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair 48 11-102 Asphalt 48 11-103 Applying Asphalt 48 11-104 Asphalt Grade 48 11-105 Aggregate 49 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal 51 11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design 52 11-108 Contractor Quality Control 52 11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance 54 11-110 General Requirements 55 11-111 Spreading Equipment 55 11-112 Spreading 56 11-113 Compacting Equipment 56 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair 56 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving 57 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) 57 11-117 Conform Tapers 57 11-118 Smoothness 58 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA 58 11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing 59 11-121 Pay Factor for HMA 62 11-122 Measurement and Payment 63

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION 64 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal 64 12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder 67 12-103 Screenings 68 12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal 69 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder 69

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

5

12-106 Spreading Screenings 70 12-107 Finishing 71 12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas 71 12-109 Measurement and Payment 72 12-201 Micro-Surfacing 72 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing 72 12-203 Material 72 12-204 Mix Design 74 12-205 Proportioning 76 12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment 76 12-207 Spreader Box 76 12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box 77 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing 77 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing 77 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas 79 12-212 Test Strip Requirement 79 12-213 Repair of Early Distress 80 12-214 Calibration and Measurement 80 12-215 Payment 80 12-216 Warranty 80 12-217 Clean-up 81

SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 81 13-101 Description 81 13-102 Submittals 82 13-103 Quality Control and Assurance 82 13-104 Mix Design 82 13-105 Construction 85 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas 89 13-107 Calibration and Measurement 89 13-108 Payment 90 13-109 Warranty 90 13-110 Clean-up 91

SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 91 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure 91 14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp 92 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface 93 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) 93

SECTION 15 SIGNALS 95 15-101 Regulations and Code 95 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets 96 15-103 Description 96 15-104 Materials General 96 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings 96 15-106 Foundations 96 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts 97 15-108 ConduitInterconnect 97 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 98 15-110 Pull Boxes 98 15-111 Conductors and Wiring 99 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors 99 15-113 Bonding and Grounding 99 15-114 Pedestrian Signals - Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Mode 100 15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) 102

SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 104

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 4: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

4

5-140 Buy America Requirements 28 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted 29 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting 29

SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 29 6-101 City Furnished Materials 29

SECTION 7 Blank 29 SECTION 8 MATERIALS 30

8-101 Minor Concrete 30 SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 30

9-101 Description of Work 30 SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 33

10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames 33 10-102 Detector Loops 34 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings 38 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings 38 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings 40 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings 40 10-108 Pavement Markers 41 10-109 Environmental Regulations 43 10-110 Public Safety 43 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing 44 10-112 Tack Coat 46 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) 46 10-114 Sweeping 47 10-115 Shoulder Backing 47

SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 48 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair 48 11-102 Asphalt 48 11-103 Applying Asphalt 48 11-104 Asphalt Grade 48 11-105 Aggregate 49 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal 51 11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design 52 11-108 Contractor Quality Control 52 11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance 54 11-110 General Requirements 55 11-111 Spreading Equipment 55 11-112 Spreading 56 11-113 Compacting Equipment 56 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair 56 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving 57 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) 57 11-117 Conform Tapers 57 11-118 Smoothness 58 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA 58 11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing 59 11-121 Pay Factor for HMA 62 11-122 Measurement and Payment 63

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION 64 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal 64 12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder 67 12-103 Screenings 68 12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal 69 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder 69

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

5

12-106 Spreading Screenings 70 12-107 Finishing 71 12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas 71 12-109 Measurement and Payment 72 12-201 Micro-Surfacing 72 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing 72 12-203 Material 72 12-204 Mix Design 74 12-205 Proportioning 76 12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment 76 12-207 Spreader Box 76 12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box 77 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing 77 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing 77 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas 79 12-212 Test Strip Requirement 79 12-213 Repair of Early Distress 80 12-214 Calibration and Measurement 80 12-215 Payment 80 12-216 Warranty 80 12-217 Clean-up 81

SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 81 13-101 Description 81 13-102 Submittals 82 13-103 Quality Control and Assurance 82 13-104 Mix Design 82 13-105 Construction 85 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas 89 13-107 Calibration and Measurement 89 13-108 Payment 90 13-109 Warranty 90 13-110 Clean-up 91

SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 91 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure 91 14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp 92 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface 93 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) 93

SECTION 15 SIGNALS 95 15-101 Regulations and Code 95 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets 96 15-103 Description 96 15-104 Materials General 96 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings 96 15-106 Foundations 96 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts 97 15-108 ConduitInterconnect 97 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 98 15-110 Pull Boxes 98 15-111 Conductors and Wiring 99 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors 99 15-113 Bonding and Grounding 99 15-114 Pedestrian Signals - Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Mode 100 15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) 102

SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 104

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 5: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

5

12-106 Spreading Screenings 70 12-107 Finishing 71 12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas 71 12-109 Measurement and Payment 72 12-201 Micro-Surfacing 72 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing 72 12-203 Material 72 12-204 Mix Design 74 12-205 Proportioning 76 12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment 76 12-207 Spreader Box 76 12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box 77 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing 77 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing 77 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas 79 12-212 Test Strip Requirement 79 12-213 Repair of Early Distress 80 12-214 Calibration and Measurement 80 12-215 Payment 80 12-216 Warranty 80 12-217 Clean-up 81

SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 81 13-101 Description 81 13-102 Submittals 82 13-103 Quality Control and Assurance 82 13-104 Mix Design 82 13-105 Construction 85 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas 89 13-107 Calibration and Measurement 89 13-108 Payment 90 13-109 Warranty 90 13-110 Clean-up 91

SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 91 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure 91 14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp 92 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface 93 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) 93

SECTION 15 SIGNALS 95 15-101 Regulations and Code 95 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets 96 15-103 Description 96 15-104 Materials General 96 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings 96 15-106 Foundations 96 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts 97 15-108 ConduitInterconnect 97 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 98 15-110 Pull Boxes 98 15-111 Conductors and Wiring 99 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors 99 15-113 Bonding and Grounding 99 15-114 Pedestrian Signals - Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Mode 100 15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) 102

SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 104

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 6: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

6

SPECIAL NOTES

1 Refer to Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of these special provisions for the time allotted for the successful bidder to sign and return the contract document to the City

2 Any addendums and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders Please make sure you are registered as a plan holder as soon as possible

3 Refer to Section 5-141 ldquoRequired Forms to be Submittedrdquo of these special provisions for the forms certifications and requirements of the crumb rubber in the chip-seal application

4 Official bid documents including plans and specifications are available online at httpwwwstocktongovcomservicesbusinessbidflashpwhtmldept=Public_Works

All bids submitted for this project must conform to the requirements of the official bid documents including plans and specifications

SECTION 1 SPECIFICATONS AND PLANS 1-101 Specifications The work described herein shall be done in accordance with the current City of Stockton Department of Public Works Standard Specifications and the current Editions of the State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans and in accordance with the following Special Provisions To the extent the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications implement the STATE CONTRACT ACT they shall not be applicable since the City of Stockton is not subject to said ACT In case of conflict or discrepancy between any of the Contract Documents the order of documents listed below shall be the order of precedence with the first item listed having the highest precedence

1 Contract Change Order (Modifications or changes last in time are first in precedence)

2 Addenda to Contract Agreement

3 Contract Agreement

4 Permits

5 Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders

6 Addendums and Letters of Clarification

7 Special Provisions

8 Project Drawings

9 City of Stockton Standard Specifications

10 City of Stockton Standard Drawings

11 Caltrans Standard Specifications

12 Caltrans Standard Plans

With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings the larger scale shall govern With regards to discrepancies or conflicts between detailed drawings and referenced standard drawings or

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 7: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

7

plans the detailed drawings shall govern In the event where provisions of codes safety orders contract documents referenced manufacturerrsquos specifications or industry standards are in conflict the more restrictive and higher quality shall govern Should it appear that the work to be done or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these specifications the special provisions or the plans the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer in writing for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform to them as part of the contract All responses from the Engineer shall also be in writing In the event of any doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of these specifications the special provisions or the plans reference shall be made to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be final 1-102 Plans The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 1-104 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications and Section 1-107 ldquoDefinitionsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications 1-103 Contractorrsquos Responsibility The Contractor shall examine carefully the site of the work and the plans and specifications therefore The Contractor shall investigate to their satisfaction as to conditions to be encountered the character quality and quantity of surface subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered the work to be performed materials to be furnished and as to the requirements of the bid plans and specifications of the contract 1-104 Terms and Definitions Wherever in the Standard Specifications Special Provisions Notice to Contractors Proposal Contract or other contract documents the following terms are used the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows

City or Owner City of Stockton

CA-MUTCD 2014 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

Director Director of Public Works City of Stockton

Standard Specifications City of Stockton Standard Specification Revised 11252003

Caltrans Specifications State of California Dept of Transportation dated May 2010 and any amendments or revisions thereto

Laboratory City of Stocktons Department of Public Works or consultant laboratory

Department Department of Public Works City of Stockton

Engineer City Engineer City of Stockton acting either directly or through properly authorized Engineer agents and consultants

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

8

Working Day Defined as any eight (8) hour day except as follows Saturdays Sundays City-observed holidays and other days the City is closed as shown on the City of Stockton Working Calendar days on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or operations as determined by the Engineer from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on that operation or operations for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or operations

SECTION 2 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS

2-101 General

The bidderrsquos attention is directed to the ldquoNotice to Bidderrdquo for the date time and location of the Pre-Bid meeting

SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

3-101 Pre-Bid Conference

A pre-bid conference will be held for this project check the City website for the scheduled date and time

The addendum and bid inquiries will be posted on the City website An e-mail notification will be issued to all registered plan-holders It is the contractorrsquossub-contractorrsquos sole responsibility to register as a plan holder If a firm is not registered as a plan holder they will not receive the notifications about addendumbid inquiriesother information related to the project To register as a plan holder please send an e-mail to Miguel Mendoza at MiguelMendozastocktoncagov referencing the project name

3-102 Contract Award

Each prospective bidder shall be required to bid on all items Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive The City reserves the right to reject all bids The bidders must be responsible and their bids must be responsive

If the City awards the Contract the basis of the award will be the lowest responsible bidder whose proposal complies with all requirements prescribed

Bidders and listed DBEs are encouraged to be available the day of bid opening to answer questions

The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned along with the contract bonds so that it is received by the City within ten (10) working days after the bidder has received the contract for execution Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

9

3-103 Bid Protest Any bid protest shall be delivered to the following address

City of Stockton Public Works Department Attention Thinh Phan 1465 S Lincoln Street Stockton CA 95202

Only a bidder who has actually participated in the bidding can submit a bid protest Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protest Bid protests must accompanied by a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documents within ten (10) calendar days from the date of bid opening 3-104 Contract Execution The bidders attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3 Award and Execution of Contract of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract Bid protests are to be delivered to the address noted above SECTION 4 BEGINNING WORK TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough and workmanlike manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools implements equipment materials and supplies Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-104B ldquoStandard Startrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions At no time shall construction begin without receiving notice that the contract has been approved by the City Attorney or an authorized representative The Contractor shall follow the sequence of construction and progress of work as specified in Section 9-101 ldquoDescription of Workrdquo and Section 14-101 ldquoContractor Work Procedurerdquo of these Special Provisions The Contractor shall diligently prosecute all work items to completion Time of Completion Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-105 ldquoTimerdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The contract for the performance of the work and the furnishing of materials shall commence within ten (10) days from the Notice to Proceed date and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the working days specified in this section from the date of said commencement The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the contract work to completion within sixty (60) working days The days to finish the punch list provided by the City are included in the Working Days Should the Contractor choose to work on a Saturday Sunday City Holidays or on a holiday recognized by the labor unions the Contractor shall reimburse the City of Stockton the actual cost of engineering inspection testing superintendent andor other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract Should such work be undertaken at the request of the City reimbursement will not be required Liquidated Damages

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

10

Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-110 Liquidated Damagesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City of Stockton in the amount of $300000 (Three Thousand Dollars) per day for each and every calendar day that the work remains incomplete after expiration of the contract working days specified in these Special Provisions In addition the Contractor shall pay the following sums for the associated liquidated damages Failure to provide andor non-compliance to or violation of accepted construction scheduling andor phasing per Section 5-112 and 5-116

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to install micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing the chip-seal per Section 12-110

$ 200 per square yard

Failure to provide andor non-compliance with accepted Traffic Control Plans per Section 5-112

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate Project Site Maintenance 247 per Sections 5-112 5-119 and 5-121

$ 25000 per each calendar day

Failure to open the project street to unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours per Section 5-112 12 -210 and 13-106

$ 25000 per each half-hour delay

Failure to appropriately response to the notice of signal failure within two hours of the notification per Section 5-130

$ 50000 per each dayincident

Failure to follow proper procedure for storage of equipment andor materials in public streets per Section 5-131

$ 25000per each calendar dayincident

Failure to provide and maintain sufficient temporary striping and markings Failure to install layout lines (cat-tracks) within 72 hours andor permanent markings installed within 10 working days of the Engineerrsquos approval of the cat tracks per Section 10-108 10-109 and 10-110

$ 50000 per each calendar day

Failure to provide adequate sweeping on curb gutter sidewalk and street pavement within 24-48 hours of notification before and after surface seal application and per various applicable sections of the Special Provision such as Sections 10-117 and 12-107

$ 50000 per each calendar day

CITY OF STOCKTON HOLIDAY SCHEDULE FOR 2016

Monday January 18 2016 Martin Luther King Jrs Birthday

Monday February 08 2016 Lincolns Birthday Observance Monday February 15 2016 Washingtons Birthday

Thursday March 31 2016 Cesar Chavez Day

Monday May 30 2016 Memorial Day

Monday July 04 2016 Independence Day Observance

Monday September 05 2016 Labor Day

Monday October 10 2016 Columbus Day

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

11

Thursday November 10 2016 Veterans Day Observance

Thursday and Friday November 24 and 25 2016 Thanksgiving Holidays

Monday December 26 2016 Christmas Day Observance

Monday January 2 2017 New Years Day Observance

Similar holidays are scheduled in year 2017

Full compensation for any costs required to comply with the provisions in this section shall be considered to be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

SECTION 5 GENERAL 5-101 Understanding of Conditions Bidders will be required to carefully examine these Special Provisions and attachments to judge for themselves as to the nature of the work to be done and the general conditions relative thereto and the submission of a proposal hereunder shall be considered prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the necessary investigation and is satisfied with respect to the conditions to be encountered the character quantity and quality of the work performed Bidders must be thoroughly competent and capable of satisfactorily performing the work covered by the proposal and when requested shall furnish such statements relative to previous experience on similar work the plan or procedure proposed and the organization and the equipment available for the contemplated work and any other as may be deemed necessary by the Project Engineer in determining such competence and capability It shall be understood that the Contractor shall be required to perform and complete the proposed work in a thorough workmanlike and professional manner and to furnish and provide in connection therewith all necessary labor tools equipment materials and supplies The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 5-102 Location Please see project map and plans for the limits of the project and other details Also see improvement plan sheet no 3 for the list of street sections which estimated quantities utilities and other details The quantities in the plans sheet are considered as an estimate and shall not be construed as exact 5-103 Partial Payment The five percent (5) retention for those portions of work not accepted or not part of any incremental acceptance as determined by the City will remain with the City until 35 days after the date the Notice of Completion is recorded 5-104 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City at its sole discretion may increase or decrease or eliminate completely the quantities of the items of work to be completed under this contract In such an event compensation for all work completed shall be paid at the contract unit prices bid regardless of the final quantity of work actually completed 5-105 Guaranty The work furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

12

acceptance thereof against defective materials equipment and workmanship Upon receipt of notice from the City of failure of any part of the materials equipment or workmanship during the guaranty period the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new material andor equipment and at the expense of the Contractor 5-106 Construction Control The City reserves the right to order discontinuance of any equipment in use This will be determined at the discretion of the Engineer on the basis that the use of said equipment would prohibit obtaining the best possible result Additional operated equipment may be requested by the Engineer for the above reasons Failure to comply with the Engineers request concerning equipment use or removal will be deemed sufficient cause for shutting down all work until the requirements are met Days lost for this type of shutdown will be charged as workable days 5-107 Inspections All work under this contract shall be under the control and inspection of the Engineer or hisher appointed representative The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all stages of construction to arrange for inspection The Contractorsub-contractor shall report to the Engineer before starting the work on each working day 5-108 Environmental Protection The Contractor shall be responsible for all applicable permits and licenses required for the construction and completion of the project Any Contractor or person engaged in activities that will or may result in pollutants entering the City storm drainage system shall undertake all practicable measures to reduce the introduction of such pollutants The Contractor shall be fully responsible for removing the materials out of the storm system irrespective of its condition before the construction work The Contractor shall follow Caltransrsquo best management practices regarding environmental protection and comply with all City regulations ordinances and City Storm Water Quality Control Criteria Plan It is available for download at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilStormhtml Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in environmental protection shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-109 Bird Protection The Department anticipates nesting or attempted nesting by migratory and non-game birds (raptors) from February 15 to September 1 A preconstruction survey shall be conducted by a qualified biologist no more than seven (7) days prior to start of construction activities if construction occurs during the nesting season to identify birds in trees in the vicinity of construction Survey report shall be prepared by a qualified biologist and submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction The supplemental report of the survey may be submitted during or after the construction as needed The California Department of Fish and Game shall be contacted to determine the appropriate buffer if a nesting raptor (other than Swainsons Hawk) is detected within 1320 feet of the site If nesting Swainson

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

13

Hawks are observed within 1320 ft of the project a qualified biologist shall determine the need and applicability of any temporary restrictions buffers or monitoring for construction activities andor consultation with the Department of Fish amp Game A written report regarding the outcome of the survey shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any construction activities Full compensation for submitting the required field survey preparing the report and any supplemental reports as required in these special provisions shall be considered as included in the prices paid for rdquoLead Compliance Plan amp Bird SurveyReportrdquo and the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-110 Cultural Resources The California Public Resources Code Chapter 17 Section 50975 makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to knowingly disturb an archaeological historical feature California Public Resources Code Sections 509798 and 509799 require protection of Native American remains which may be found and outlines procedures for handling any burials found Additional protocols for human remains are given in the State Health and Safety Code Sections 70505 and 509798 The California Administrative Code Title 14 Section 4308 requires that no person disfigure any object of historical interest or value The California Penal Code Title 14 Part 1 Section 622-12 makes it a misdemeanor to destroy anything of historical value within any public place Should human skeletal material or archaeological remains be found during construction activities all work must be stopped within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery and within any nearby area suspected to overlie the discovery The Contractor must notify the Engineer immediately Construction activities within sixty (60) feet radius of the discovery must remain stopped until the Contractor has been notified that construction in the vicinity of the find may resume If in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractors operations are delayed or interfered with due to investigations made of the archaeological find the State will compensate the Contractor for such delays by an equal amount of working days Section 8107 Delays of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply Any delays related to this section will be compensated by granting the Contractor extra working days upon written request to the Engineer No other compensations will be allowed Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-111 Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Materials) Earthwork involving material containing aerially deposited lead and petroleum hydrocarbons shall conform to the provisions in Section 19 Earthwork of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Attention is directed to the following sections of these special provisions dealing with Asphalt Grindings Containing Yellow Paint that is tested to have Lead and Chromium and Aerially Deposited Lead Asphalt grindings containing thermoplastic paint that is tested to have lead and chromium content and material containing aerially deposited lead in the average concentrations (using the 95 percent Upper Confidence Limit) greater than 50 mgL soluble lead as tested using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Test is Federally regulated hazardous waste and shall be transported to and disposed of at a Class I Disposal Site Material excavated from these areas shall be transported by a hazardous waste transporter registered with the DTSC using the required procedures for creating a manifest for the material The vehicles used to transport the hazardous material shall conform to the current certifications of compliance of the DTSC Lead Compliance Plan The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Lead Compliance Plan to prevent or minimize worker exposure to lead while handling yellow and white thermoplastics yellow paint or while handling material containing

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

14

aerially deposited lead Attention is directed to Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead for specific California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal-OSHA) requirements when working with lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall contain the elements listed in Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321(e)(2)(B) Before submission to the Engineer the Lead Compliance Plan shall be approved by an Industrial Hygienist certified in Comprehensive Practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene The plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 7 days prior to beginning work in areas containing aerially deposited lead The Lead Compliance Plan shall include perimeter air monitoring incorporating upwind and downwind locations as approved by the Engineer Monitoring shall be by personal air samplers using National Institute of Safety and Health Method 7082 Sampling shall achieve a detection limit of 005 μgm3 of air per day Daily monitoring shall take place while the Contractor clears and grubs and performs earthwork operations A single representative daily sample shall be analyzed for lead Results shall be analyzed and provided to the Engineer within 24 hours Average lead concentrations shall not exceed 15 μgm3 of air per day If concentrations exceed this level the Contractor shall stop work and modify the work to prevent release of lead Monitoring shall be done under the direction of and the data shall be reviewed by and signed by a Certified Industrial Hygienist The Contractor shall not work in areas containing aerially deposited lead within the project limits unless authorized in writing by the Engineer until the Engineer has accepted the Lead Compliance Plan Before starting any activity that presents the potential lead exposure personnel who have no prior training or are not current in their training status including Department personnel shall complete a safety training program provided by the Contractor The safety training program shall meet the requirements of Title 8 California Code of Regulations Section 15321 Lead Personal protective equipment training and washing facilities required by the Contractors Lead Compliance Plan shall be supplied by the Contractor The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the submitted or revised Lead Compliance Plan not more than two (2) days after submittal of the plan Excavation and Transportation Plan Within two (2) days after the Engineerrsquos approval of the Lead Compliance Plan the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of an Excavation and Transportation Plan to the Engineer The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the plan If revisions are required as determined by the Engineer the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the plan within two (2) days of receipt of the Engineers comments The Engineer will have two (2) days to review the revisions Upon the Engineers approval of the plan three (3) additional copies incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Engineer Minor changes to or clarifications of the initial submittal may be made and attached as amendments to the Excavation and Transportation Plan In order to allow construction to proceed the Engineer may conditionally approve the plan while minor revisions or amendments are being completed The Contractor shall prepare the written project specific Excavation and Transportation Plan establishing the procedures the Contractor will use to comply with requirements for identifying classifying locating excavating stockpiling transporting and placing (or disposing) of asphalt grindings (that has yellow thermoplastic that is tested to have lead and chromium content) and material containing aerially deposited lead and providing quantities of Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) prior to excavating hazardous material The plan shall conform to the regulations of the DTSC and Cal-OSHA The sampling and analysis portions of the Excavation and Transportation Plan shall meet the requirements for the design and development of the sampling plan statistical analysis and reporting of test results contained in USEPA SW 846 Test Methods for Evaluating

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

15

Solid Waste Volume II Field Manual PhysicalChemical Chapter Nine Section 91 The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following elements

A Excavation schedule (by location and date) B Temporary locations of stockpiled material C Sampling and analysis plans for areas after removal of a stockpile

1 Location and number of samples 2 Analytical laboratory

D Sampling and analysis plan for soil cover E Sampling and analysis plan for post excavation F Dust control measures G Air monitoring

1 Location and type of equipment 2 Sampling frequency 3 Analytical laboratory

H Transportation equipment and routes I Method for preventing spills and tracking material onto public roads J Truck waiting and staging areas K Site for disposal of hazardous waste L Example of Bill of Lading to be carried by trucks transporting lead contaminated material The Bill of

Lading shall contain US DOT description including shipping name hazard class and ID number handling codes quantity of material and volume of material Copies of the bills of lading shall be provided to the Engineer upon placement of material in its final location Trucks carrying lead contaminated material shall not leave the highway right of way

M Spill Contingency Plan for material containing aerially deposited lead Dust Control Excavation transportation placement and handling of material containing aerially deposited lead shall result in no visible dust migration The Contractor shall have a water truck or tank on the job site at all times while clearing and grubbing and performing earthwork operations in work areas containing aerially deposited lead Stockpiling Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or one foot of non-hazardous material Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains inlets or waters of the State Material Transportation Prior to traveling on public roads loose and extraneous material shall be removed from surfaces outside the cargo areas of the transporting vehicles and the cargo shall be covered with tarpaulins or other cover as outlined in the approved Excavation and Transportation Plan The Contractor shall be responsible for costs due to spillage of material containing lead during transport The Department will not consider the Contractor a generator of the hazardous material and the Contractor will not be obligated for further cleanup removal or remedial action for such material handled or disposed of in conformance with the requirements specified in these special provisions and the appropriate State and Federal laws and regulations and county and municipal ordinances and regulations regarding hazardous waste Disposal Surplus material for which the lead and petroleum hydrocarbon content is not known shall be analyzed for aerially deposited lead and TPH as motor oil by the Contractor prior to removing the material from within the project limits The Contractor shall submit a sampling and analysis plan and the name of the analytical

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

16

laboratory to the Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning sampling or analysis The Contractor shall use a laboratory certified by the California Department of Health Services Sampling shall be at a minimum rate of one sample for each 200 cubic yards of surplus material and tested for lead using EPA Method 6010 or 7000 series Materials containing aerially deposited lead shall be disposed of within California The disposal site shall be operating under a permit issued by the appropriate California Environmental Protection Agency board or department The Contractor will obtain the Environmental Protection Agency Generator Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed The Contractor will obtain the State of California Board of Equalization Identification Number for hazardous waste disposal The Engineer will sign all hazardous waste manifests The Contractor shall notify the Engineer five (5) days before the manifests are to be signed Sampling analyzing transporting and disposing of material containing aerially deposited lead excavated outside the pay limits of excavation will be at the Contractorrsquos expense Measurement and Payment The contract lump sum price for Lead Compliance Plan shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the Lead Compliance Plan including paying the Certified Industrial Hygienist and for providing personal protective equipment training and medical surveillance as specified in the Standard Specifications these provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in the contract unit price paid for Lead Compliance item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Full compensation for preparing an approved Excavation and Transportation Plan sampling analysis classifying Roadway Excavation (Hazardous Material) as Class I Class II or Class III reporting results and stockpiling as specified in special provisions and as directed by the Engineer shall be included in various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-112 Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Attention is directed to Section 7-103 Public Convenience Section 7-104 Public Safety and Section 12 ldquoTemporary Traffic Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Adequate ingress and egress shall be maintained through the site for police fire and other emergency vehicles The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number (business home and mobile) of three (3) representatives available at all times for the duration of the contract

Contractor shall furnish install and maintain as required by the Engineer CMS boards and construction area signs at the beginning and end limits of project streets including the end limits of major intersections The CMS boards and construction signs shall stay at projects sites and shall be maintained by the Contractor until the final phase of the construction All traffic plans shall conform to the applicable provisions of the latest and amended ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2014)rdquo The Contractor shall submit a construction area traffic controldetour plan for approval by the Engineer before the commencement of any work Traffic control plan or detour plan shall show the placement of signs barricades delineators and other traffic control devices required by Contractorrsquos operation The Contractor shall furnish install and maintain in good working order of all cones delineators barricades arrow boards direction signs and flashers until project completion All safety devices their maintenance and use shall conform to the latest requirements of OSHA It shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage Whenever required flagmen and pilot car shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

17

be provided to control traffic The Contractor shall provide for the proper routing of vehicles and pedestrian traffic in a manner that will hold congestion and delay of such traffic to a practicable minimum by furnishing installing and maintaining all necessary temporary signs barricades and other devices and facilities as approved by the Engineer As the work progresses the Contractor shall relocate such devices and facilities as necessary to maintain proper routing Unless otherwise specified upon conclusion of the need therefore all temporary traffic routing devices and facilities shall be removed from the site of the work by the Contractor within 48 hours of completion of construction at that site During construction the Contractor shall provide for a minimum of one (1) lane of through traffic in each direction Each traffic lane shall not be less than twelve (12) feet wide unless approved by the Engineer in writing Any deviations from the approved traffic control plan however minute must be notified to and approved by the Engineer Lane closures for all items of work are allowed only during 830 AM to 430 PM The Engineer may restrict or alter the hours of work on a particular street due to traffic or other considerations If Contractor chooses to work at night a request shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks in advance No extra pay or premium pay will be allowed for night work The placement of hot-mix asphalt or surface seals regardless of working hours shall be allowed only when the ambient temperature is above sixty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising and no rain is in the forecast for next 24 hours The Engineerrsquos approval is required in any condition The unit bid price for various bid items whether used partially completely or not includes full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals overhead and mark-up and for doing all the work involved in placing removing storing maintaining moving to new locations replacing and disposing of the components of traffic control as specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

Contractor shall install temporary traffic striping and shall be sufficiently maintained as directed by the Engineer Temporary traffic striping shall include removable traffic stripe tape for stop bars and temporary plastic tabs for lane lines Materials used for temporary traffic striping shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation Any traffic control for work required outside the limits of work shall be considered as included in the price paid for in various bid items Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing temporary traffic striping shall be considered as included in the price paid for various bid items and no separate payment will be made Nothing in these special provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from his responsibility as provided in this section 5-113 Preservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monuments The Contractor shall preserve and perpetuate existing monuments property pins chiseled cross and etc affected by the work included in this project in accordance with Section 8771 of the Professional Land Surveyors Act in the Business and Professions Cod of the State of California The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed at the San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

18

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if any monument is disturbed The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Licensed Land Surveyor to reset any survey monument disturbed by hisher operations Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-114 Maintaining Driveway Access Driveways may be temporarily closed for working periods only No driveway closures will be permitted at any other time Working periods shall be interpreted as the time that work is actively in progress at the driveway location At least one principal ingressegress driveway to the residence or business must be maintained at all other times Where there are two (2) or more driveways available the principal driveway shall be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer or property ownertenant At locations with less than two (2) ingressegress driveways the Contractor shall maintain ingress and egress at all times and phase new improvements at driveway locations to the satisfaction of the Engineer At the discretion of the Contractor and without additional cost to the City rapid-set concrete may be used at driveway locations The Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days advance written notice to the Engineer and property ownertenant prior to any work requiring the temporary closure of any driveway The Contractor shall conduct operations to cause the least possible disruption to the property ownertenant and damage to property On completion of the construction work shift unpaved driveway approaches shall be graded with aggregate base and rolled smooth in order to accommodate vehicular traffic as directed by the Engineer All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made 5-115 Maintaining Pedestrian Access Means of passage of pedestrian traffic around and through the work area shall be provided at all times Pedestrian walkways shall be surfaced with asphalt concrete Portland cement concrete or timber The surface shall be skid-resistant and free of irregularities Pedestrian walkways shall be maintained in good condition and shall be suitable for wheelchair use Walkways shall be kept clear of obstructions At least one (1) continuous walkway along one (1) side of the street shall be available at all times At locations where work is actively in progress the pedestrian walkway within a single block may temporarily closed at one (1) end of the block along one (1) side of the street Pedestrians shall be rerouted to the walkway on the opposite side of the street The Contractor shall cause the least possible disruption to the affected properties and restore suitable pedestrian access immediately following completion of the active work in progress Minor deviations from the requirements of this section which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if in the opinion of the Engineer public traffic will be better served and the work expedited These deviations shall not be adopted by the Contractor until the Engineer has approved them in writing All other modifications will be made by contract change order Full compensation for maintaining pedestrian access shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

19

5-116 Encroachment Permit from City County Utilities Railroads and Others Attention is directed to Section 5-120B ldquoPermits Licenses Agreements and Certificationsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The following is not an all-inclusive list of the required permits andor licenses if applicable

The Contractor shall obtain an encroachment permit from all affected owners of right-of-way

Contractorrsquos License Contractor shall possess a valid California Class A Contractor License at the time of bid and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

Business License Contractor shall possess a valid City of Stockton business license prior to the execution of the contract and maintain it throughout the duration of the contract

City of Stockton encroachment permit must be obtained from the City Permit Center (937-8366) before the start of construction

Submit Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction

Construction Notification (Dust Control) The Contractor is responsible for the preparation and submittal of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form The form and more information can be found at the following web site httpwwwvalleyairorg

Submit Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report The Contractor must complete the Construction and Demolition (CampD) Debris Recycling Report within 60 days of construction or demolition project completion The completed form must be accompanied by the official weight tags or receipts verifying the information provided in the report and must be submitted to the City of Stockton Public Works Department Solid Waste Division 22 E Weber Ave Room 301 Stockton CA 95202 Failure to provide the CampD Debris Recycling Report form with result in a 5 withholding of the contract amount

Construction Water A water meter is required for the use of City water for construction A similar permit and water meter is required from California Water Service if the water is taken from the fire hydrant located in their service area The Contractor is responsible of obtaining a permit for water from California Water Service as applicable for construction water obtained from a City hydrant This permit shall be approved by the City of Stockton Fire Department

Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section including applicable permit fees shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-117 Schedule Attention is directed to Section 8-102 ldquoSchedulerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit a schedule of construction to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting Construction schedule must be approved before any construction may commence Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-118 Preconstruction Survey The Contractor shall perform a preconstruction survey of all existing driveways mailboxes fences structures survey monuments (including chiseled crosses and iron pipes) pavements and other aboveground facilities

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

20

adjacent to the project limits prior to the beginning of any work noting their condition by means of photographs and video tapes supplemented by written documentation where applicable Color photographs shall be taken at minimum of twenty-five (25) feet intervals along each segments of work (block) to show the existing conditions within and around the jobsite Each photograph shall clearly labeled the date time location viewing direction and any special features noted Two 4rdquo x 6rdquo copies of each photograph and a copy of videotapes shall be submitted to the Engineer The photographs shall be indexed inserted in place viewing folders and submitted in 3-ring binders Full compensation for preconstruction survey shall be included in the contract price for mobilization and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-119 Public Notification The Contractor shall post an AdvertisementPublic Education in a local newspaper (The Record) and circulate printed form lettersdoor hangers approved by the Engineer explaining the project to be done and the length of time inconvenience caused by the project Newspaper advertisement shall be done two weeks before the first day of construction The printed form lettersdoor hangers must be delivered to the residents andor businesses to be affected one week in advance but not later than 24 hours before start of the road work CMS boards and construction information signs shall be placed two weeks prior to any road work at various locations per Section 5-112 of this Special Provision advertising the pending construction and delays The Contractor shall install ldquoRoad Closedrdquo arrows Detour signs C6 (Loose Gravel) signs W6 (25 MPH) signs and barricades as necessary In addition the Contractor shall provide temporary Tow-away No Parking signs posted in advance of the work which signs shall be removed upon completion of the work and the opening of the street to traffic The signs shall not be less than 12rdquox18rdquo size ldquoTow-away No Parkingrdquo words shall be in white letters on red background and must have Stockton Municipal Code 10-0116 California Vehicle Code 22651(l)(n) Stockton Police Department telephone number 937-8354 and date and time of parking restriction clearly indicated on it Such signs shall be placed no farther than fifty (50) feet apart It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange for the removal of any vehicles obstructing hisher operations The Contractor shall notify all residents and businesses affected by the construction Utilities School Districts Sunrise Sanitation Stockton Scavenger and San Joaquin Regional Transit District at least 48 hours prior to starting the work Any changes to the schedule would prompt the re-notification by the Contractor A list of agencies with the contact information is available below The Contractor shall inform the City FireComm (209) 464-4648 no later than twenty-four (24) hours before work is to begin Any changes in the Contractors schedule shall be promptly reported to the City FireComm so that they are fully informed at all times of the locations of street closuresconstruction Agency Phone Fax Lodi Unified School District 953-8170 331-7821 (Transportation) 1305 E Vine Street Lodi CA Lincoln Unified School District 953-8596 957-3626 (Transportation) 6749 Harrisburg Place Stockton CA Stockton Unified School District 933-7145 943-0079 (Transportation) 2963 Sanguinetti Lane Stockton CA

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

21

Manteca Unified School District 825-3200 825-3220 (Transportation) ext 705 2901 E Louise Avenue Lathrop CA Stockton Scavengers 460-3904 948-4013 mwilli16wmcom Waste Management 1240 Navy Drive Stockton CA Sunrise Sanitation 483-2934 466-2371 donaldgomezawincom 1145 W Charter Way Stockton CA Stockton Police Dispatch 937-8377 937-8845 Towed Vehicle Information 937-8354 Stockton Fire Dispatch 464-4648 937-8013 San Joaquin Regional Transit District 948-5566 948-8516 jramsj-smartcom (Bus Dispatch) ext 652 All costs incurred by this provision shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 5-120 Non-Highway Facilities and Obstructions Attention is directed to Section 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation and Section 5-136D ldquoNonhighway Facilitiesrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall protect from damage any utility and other nonhighway facilities that are to remain in place be installed relocated or otherwise rearranged The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to the existence of certain underground facilities that may require special precautions be taken by the Contractor to protect the health safety and welfare of workers and of the public Facilities requiring special precautions include but limited to conductors of petroleum products oxygen chlorine and toxic or flammable gases natural gas in pipelines 6 inches or greater in diameter or pipelines operating at pressures greater than 60 pounds per square inch (gage) underground electric supply system conductors or cables with potential to ground of more than 300 V either directly buried or in duct or conduit which do not have concentric grounded or other effectively grounded metal shields on sheaths The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days but not more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline conduit duct wire or other structure Regional notification centers include but are not limited to the following Notification Center Telephone Number Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 1-800-642-2444 1-800-227-2600 Underground Service Alert-Southern California (USA) 1-800-422-4133 1-800-227-2600 The Contractor shall verify the horizontal and vertical locations of all existing utilities prior to start of construction The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair and replacement of these or any other facilities damaged during construction The Contractor shall notify Underground Services Alert (USA) to have existing facilities marked in the field

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

22

If unknown existing facilities is encountered the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the situation request coverage of the work as extra work and aid the Engineer in determining due diligence Payment for complying with this Special Provision shall be included in the various other items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-121 Site Maintenance and Cleanup The Contractor shall maintain the work sites in a neat and orderly manner throughout construction If in the determination of the Project Inspector the Contractor has not adequately maintained a clean neat and orderly work site the Contractor may be required to pay to the City of Stockton the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per work site per calendar day The work shall be conducted in a manner that will control the dust When ordered to provide dust control the Contractor shall reduce the dusty conditions to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer A permit shall be obtained from both the City Permit Center and California Water Service Company for construction water that is obtained from a fire hydrant During and upon completion of construction the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition to the satisfaction of the Project Engineer Full compensation for Site Maintenance and Cleanup shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-122 Disposal of Materials All materials designated to be removed and not salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Federal State and local laws and ordinances The Contractor shall file 1) Construction and Demolition Debris Materials Checklist at the time of permit application and 2) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report within fifteen (15) days of job completion Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-123 Pre-construction Meeting The Engineer (Thinh Phan 209-937-8201) will schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor following an award of the contract and prior commencing Full compensation for any activity associated with this work shall be included in the prices for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-124 Submittals The following is a list of anticipated submittals for the project The list is provided to aid the Contractor in determining the scope of work but is not intended to be all inclusive and additional submittals may be required

DAS-140 Form CEM1201 (LAPM Exhibits 16-B certification that Federal Requirements in Form FHWA-1273

have been inserted in the subcontracts and will be incorporated in any lower-tier contract and that written subcontracts have been executed for any subcontracted work The form is available at httpwwwdotcagovhqconstrucformscem1201pdf

Material Submittal and pertinent MSDS Emergency ContactsAuthorized Representatives Baseline Project Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) Staging Agreement with Private Owners (as applicable) Traffic Control Plan (including Pedestrian Detour Plan) Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Report

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

23

Best Management Practices Plan and Storm Water Pollution Control Plan for construction Business License All applicable Permits (eg encroachment permit) Public notification CalRecycle Forms Bird Survey Lead Compliance Plan

The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Engineer for review and approval with the submittal form approved by the Engineer Submittals shall be sequentially numbered on the submittal form Resubmittals shall be identified with the original number and a sequential resubmittal suffix letter The original submittal shall be numbered X The first resubmittal shall be numbered X-a and so on Identify on the form the date of the submittal Contractor Subcontractor or supplier pertinent drawing and detail number andor special provision number as appropriate The Contractor shall sign the form certifying that review approval verification of Products required (if any) field dimensions adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents Any incomplete submittals will be returned for resubmittal For each submittal for review allow four (4) calendar days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work When revised for resubmission identify all changes made since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested either in the Contract Documents or in writing from the Engineer will not be recognized or processed Within 10 calendar days after Notice of Award submit a complete list of all submittals to be submitted and the dates when they will be submitted All submittals shall be submitted within 10 calendar days from the date the Notice of Award otherwise project working days may commence with or without issuance of the Notice to Proceed Except as may otherwise be indicated herein the Engineer will return prints of each submittal to the Contractor with their comments noted on the submittal The Contractor shall make complete and acceptable submittals to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item The City reserves the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to cover additional costs of the Engineerrsquos review beyond the second submittal If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoNO EXCEPTIONS TAKENrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked ldquoMAKE CORRECTIONS NOTEDrdquo formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-125 Progress Schedule The Contractor shall provide and update the construction progress schedule and traffic control plan including hours of construction and lane closure for the Engineerrsquos approval before commencement of construction All changes to the plan must be provided to the Engineer for approval The Contractor shall provide updates to the construction schedule every week The schedules and other documents can be filed electronically to the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

24

Full compensation for furnishing Progress Schedule shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will made therefore 5-126 Payments Attention is directed to Section 9-106 ldquoPartial Paymentsrdquo and 9-107 ldquoPayment after Acceptancerdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work 5-127 Unsatisfactory Progress If the number of working days charged to the contract exceeds 75 percent of the working days in the current time of completion and the percent working days elapsed exceeds the percent work completed by more than 15 percentage points the City will withhold 10 percent of the amount due on the current monthly estimate The percent working days elapsed will be determined from the number of working days charged to the contract divided by the number of contract working days in the current time of completion expressed as a percentage The number of contract working days in the current time of completion shall consist of the original contract working days increased or decreased by time adjustments approved by the Engineer The percent work completed will be determined by the Engineer from the sum of payments made to date plus the amount due on the current monthly estimate divided by the current total estimated value of the work expressed as a percentage When the percent of working days elapsed minus the percent of work completed is less than or equal to 15 percentage points the funds withheld shall be returned to the Contractor with the next monthly progress payment Funds kept or withheld from payment due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the contract will not be subject to the requirements of Public Contract Code 7107 or to the payment of interest pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 102615 5-128 Noise Control Requirement Noise control shall conform to the provisions in Section 14-8-02 ldquoNoise Control of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in the Caltrans Specifications or these Special Provisions voids the Contractorrsquos public safety responsibilities or relieves the Contractor from the responsibility to comply with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level from the Contractors operations between the hours of 800 pm and 600 am shall not exceed 86 dBa at a distance of fifty (50) feet This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with other ordinances regulating noise level The noise level requirement shall apply to the equipment on the job or related to the job including but not limited to trucks transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

25

5-129 Dust Control Dust control shall conform to any requirements set forth in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Construction Notification Form See Section 5-115 of these Special Provisions and Section 14-903 ldquoDust Controlrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications Use of water except for recycled reclaimed or other non-potable water for the purpose of dust control or other construction used unless for health or safety purposes is prohibited The last paragraph of Section 14-903A of the Caltrans Specifications is deleted and the following substituted ldquoAll dust control operations shall be performed by the Contractor at the time location and in the amount ordered by the Engineer The application of either water or dust palliative shall be under the control of the Engineer at all timesrdquo Watering shall conform to the provisions of Section 17 ldquoWateringrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-130 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical System Maintaining existing electrical systems shall conform to the provisions of Section 86-106 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing traffic signal systems shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the traveling public during the progress of the work except when shut down is permitted The Contractor may request for the temporary shutdown (red flash) of traffic signals The request shall be given to the Engineer 24 hours in advance In general traffic signal shutdown is limited to the hours of 900 am to 330 pm unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer The Contractor shall notify the Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the entire existing signal system from the first day Contractor starts working on it to the final acceptance The contractor shall respond to the notice of signal failure from The City of Stockton within two (2) hours and make repairs to the signal system as necessary If the contractor fails to respond within the specified time the Cityrsquos maintenance staff will repair the signal system Any costs associated with the repair shall be billed to the contractor In addition a penalty of $1000 per occurrence per day shall be charged to the Contractor for each maintenance call-out where the Contractor does not respond within 2 hours of notification The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Police Department 24 hours prior to any operational shutdown of existing signal system Full compensation for performing the work in these specifications shall be included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-131 Staging Areas The street right of way shall be used only for purposes that are necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall not occupy the right of way or allow others to occupy the right of way for purposes which are not necessary to perform the required work The Contractor shall secure at his own expense any area required for storage of equipment or materials or for other purposes A copy of the ldquouserdquo agreement shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

26

5-132 As-builtRecord Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings on site for the purpose of keeping up to date all field modifications This plan set shall be available for review by the project Inspector or the Engineer These plans shall be provided to the Inspector after the completion of construction at the Post Construction Meeting and prior to the final payment All revision modifications andor changes shall be marked clearly Notes and dimensions shall be in red and be clear and legible These plans will be used by the Design Engineer to mark up the original plan sheets with the revisions made during construction Full compensation for furnishing the As-BuiltRecord Drawings shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore 5-133 Relations with California Regional Water Quality Control Board This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has issued to the City a permit that governs storm water and non-storm water discharges from City properties facilities and activities The Cityrsquos permit is entitled Order No R5-2007-0173 NPDES No CAS083470 Waste Discharge Requirements City of Stockton and County of San Joaquin Stormwater Discharges From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System San Joaquin County Copies of the permit may be obtained at httpwwwstocktongovcomgovernmentdepartmentsmunicipalUtilitiesutilhtml The NPDES permits that regulate this project as referenced above are collectively referred to in this section as the permits This project shall conform to the permits and modifications thereto The Contractor shall maintain copies of the permits at the project site and shall make them available during construction The Contractor shall know and comply with provisions of Federal State and local regulations and requirements that govern the Contractors operations and storm water and non-storm water discharges from the project site and areas of disturbance outside the project limits during construction Attention is directed to Sections 7-102 Laws 5-136 Property and Facility Preservation 7-105 Indemnificationrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter inspect sample monitor or otherwise access the project site or the Contractors records pertaining to water pollution control work The Contractor and the City shall provide copies of correspondence notices of violation enforcement actions or proposed fines by regulatory agencies to the requesting regulatory agency Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-134 Increased or Decreased Quantities The City reserves the right to make such alterations deviations additions to or omissions from the plans and specifications including the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the work or to omit any item or portion of the work as may be deemed by the Engineer to be necessary or advisable and to require such extra work as may be determined by the Engineer to be required for the proper completion or construction of the whole work contemplated without adjustment in the unit price as bid Section 9-106B and Section 9-106C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications shall not apply

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

27

5-135 Differing Site Conditions Differing site conditions shall conform to the provisions in Sections 4-106 of the Caltrans Specifications 5-136 Changes and Extra Work New and unforeseen work will be considered as extra work when determined by the Engineer that the work is not covered by any of the various items for which there is a bid price or by combinations of those items In the event portions of this work are determined by the Engineer to be covered by some of the various items for which there is a bid price or combinations of those items the remaining portion of the work will be classed as extra work Extra work also includes work specifically designated as extra work in the plans or specifications Any such extra work will be set forth in a contract change order which will specify the work to be done in connection with the change made adjustment of contract time if any and the basis of compensation for such work A contract change order will not become effective until approved by the City Manager and or City Council The Contractor shall do the extra work and furnish labor and equipment therefore upon receipt of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer In the absence of an approved contract change order or other written order of the Engineer the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the extra work If in the opinion of the Engineer such work cannot reasonably be performed concurrently with other items of work and if a controlling item of work is delayed thereby an adjustment of contract time will be made Payment for extra work required to be performed pursuant to the provisions in this section in the absence of an executed contract change order will be made by force account as provided in Section 9-104 ldquoForce Accountrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications or as agreed to by the Contractor and the Engineer 5-137 Notice of Potential Claim The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause or for the happening of any event thing or occurrence including any act or failure to act by the Engineer unless he has given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified provided however that compliance with this section shall not be a prerequisite for matters within the scope of the protest provisions under ldquoChangesrdquo or ldquoTime of Completionrdquo or within the notice provisions in ldquoLiquidated Damagesrdquo not to any claim which is based on differences in measurements or errors of computation as to Contract quantities The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the items and reasons which the Contractor believes to be eligible for additional compensation the description of work the nature of the additional costs and the total amount of the potential claim If based on an act or failure to act by the Engineer written notice for potential claim must be given to the Engineer prior to the Contractor commencing work in all other cases written notice for potential claims must be given to the Engineer within 15 days after the happening of the event thing or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim Attention is directed to Section 5-142 ldquoRequest for Informationrdquo and Section5-143 ldquoPotential Claims and Dispute Resolutionrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications It is the intention of this section that potential differences between the parties of this Contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time appropriate action may be taken and settlement may be reached The Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act or failure to act by the Engineer or any event thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim was filed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

28

5-138 Stop Notice Withholds Section 9-116E(4) ldquoStop Notice Withholdsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications is amended to read as follows The City of Stockton by and through the Department of Public Works may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179 et seq of the Code of Civil Procedures 5-139 Records The Contractor shall maintain cost accounting records for the contract pertaining to and in such a manner as to provide a clear distinction between the following six categories of costs of work during the life of the contract

A Direct costs of contract item work

B Direct costs of changes and extra work in character in conformance with Section 4-105 Changes and Extra Work of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

C Direct costs of differing site conditions

E Direct costs of work not required by the contract and performed for others

F Direct costs of work performed under a notice of potential claim

G Indirect costs of overhead

Cost accounting records shall include the information specified for daily extra work reports The requirements for furnishing the Engineer completed daily extra work reports shall only apply to work paid for on a force account basis The cost accounting records for the contract shall be maintained separately from other contracts during the life of the contract and for a period of not less than 3 years after the date of acceptance of the contract If the Contractor intends to file claims against the City the Contractor shall keep the cost accounting records specified above until complete resolution of all claims has been reached Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 5-140 Buy America Requirements Attention is directed to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (Section 165) and the Intermodal Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections 1041(a) and 1048(a) and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto In accordance with said law and regulations all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States with the exception that pig iron processed pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials The application of coatings such as epoxy coating galvanizing painting and other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the ldquoBuy Americardquo requirements A Certification of Compliance shall be furnished for steel materials The certificates in addition to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States except for the exceptions allowed herein

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

29

The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do no prevent a minimal use of foreign steel materials if the cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of 1 percent (01) of the total contract cost or $2500 whichever is greater The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work 5-141 Required Forms to be Submitted The contractor is required to complete the following forms for the crumb rubber usage in rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder in chip-seal application

1 Form CalRecycle 168 ndash Reliable Contractor Declaration (before the award of the contract) 2 Certificate of Compliance for Scrap Crumb Rubber andor High Natural Rubber (at the

commencement of the project)

3 Form CalRecycle 739-TRP ndash Rubberized Pavement Certification (at the end of construction) These forms are available for download at httpwwwcalrecyclecagovGrantsFormsdefaulthtm It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to determine the eligibility and other requirements described in the forms especially Form CalRecycle 168 Failure to meet the eligibility criteria would render the bid non-responsive Provide a certification and backup documentation including blending or run sheets for Rubberized binder or Tire Rubber Modified binder (terminal blend or asphalt rubberfield blend) showing that the binder contains a minimum of 300 pounds tire-derived crumb rubber per binder ton per ton of rubberized binder (equivalent to 15 by weight) Submit a Certificate of Compliance that certifies only California-generated waste tires processed in California shall be used in the crumb rubber portion of chip-seal 5-142 Post-Construction Meeting The Contractor shall be required to attend a post construction meeting that will be arranged by the Public Works Department after completion of all work and prior to acceptance of final payment The Project Engineer and the Project Inspector shall attend this meeting The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the project and any related issues that can help improve future Public Works construction projects Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered included in the various bid items of work and no additional compensation will be considered therefore SECTION 6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 6-101 City Furnished Materials The City is furnishing the following material for this project

Pedestrian Pushbuttons ndash Polara Navigator (4-wire) for installation at the off-set intersection of Harding Way and San Joaquin Street

The material must be requested at least 72 hours before their scheduled installation The Engineer orders the return and disposal of surplus City-furnished material at no additional cost to the City The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing City-furnished material damaged under the Contractorrsquos care SECTION 7 Blank

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

30

SECTION 8 MATERIALS 8-101 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 90 ldquoConcreterdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9-101 Description of Work The work herein is primarily consists of base failure repair grinding installation of Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry seal loops installation installation of PCC curb-ramps PCC work utility maintenance hole adjustment removal and replacement of thermoplastic striping and other associated work The work includes all necessary supplemental incidental and related tasks to complete the work including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor materials tools and equipment and other miscellaneous work In general the order of work consists of the following 1 Perform bird survey per Special Provisions

2 Perform base failure repairs using 34rdquo HMA mix as shown on the plans and marked on the site Paving for base failure repair shall be done with a paver machine

3 Install shoulder backing as applicable

4 Remove and replace or install Loop Detectors Hand holes and two (2) inch Polyvinyl Chloride conduits (schedule 80) to pull boxes as per the plan and Engineerrsquos direction

5 Remove and replace curb gutter sidewalk catch-basin and curb-ramps as per plan and Engineerrsquos direction Existing survey monuments such as chiseled cross mark shall be preserved per Special Provisions

6 Power vacuum sweep and hand clean existing pavement surface and remove all debris and weeds

7 Remove existing thermoplastic striping reflectors buttons and pavement markings

8 Protect existing utility covers Tie all utility covers using GPS coordinates or by marking on sidewalk No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within the one foot radius of the outside rim of the utility cover No chip-seal surfacing shall be installed within 200rsquo (feet) of the approaches of street intersections

9 Install chip-seal on designated street segments as shown on the plans spray hot rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder immediately followed by spreading of preheated and precoated screenings at a uniform rate as per special provisions

10 Continuously roll with at least three (3) pneumatic rollers working in tandem Provide at least six (6) passes at all chip-sealed areas

11 Expose all utility covers Sweep excess aggregate after rolling Sweep the area at least three (3) times or more as necessary Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street The Engineer may request additional sweeping at no cost to the City

12 Install temporary pavement markings

13 Within 10 calendar days of chip-seal install micro-surfacing on designated street segments as shown on plans Before micro-surfacing sweep pavement surface and remove any debris

14 Cover all utility covers using thick plastic sheeting and mark the location on the sidewalk Micro-surfacing shall be installed from the outer rim of the utility cover

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

31

15 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

16 Install slurry-seal on the designated street segments as shown on plans All utility covers shall be protected prior to slurry-seal application

17 Expose all utility covers Sweep curb gutter sidewalk driveway and street Install temporary pavement markings

18 Adjust utility covers (as necessary) to new finished grade after resurfacing as per these special provisions

19 Install thermoplastic striping with reflectors and pavement markings as existing

20 Such other items specified and required providing a smooth uniform riding surface and otherwise conforming to the specifications

All move-in clearing grubbing traffic control and re-moving in (re-mobilization) shall considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed All extra work authorized by Contract Change Orders shall be paid as per unit price for various bid items if the Contract Change Order work includes any bid items All move-in clearing grubbing tree trimming and traffic control for this extra work shall be included for in the unit price for the various bid item The following work items and approximate quantities are listed to help Contractor determine the scope of work this is not to be used for bidding purposes

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

1 MOBILIZATION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1

2 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter gt 24)

EA 26

3 ADJUST UTILITY COVERSFRAMES (Diameter lt 24)

EA 9

4 ADJUST STREET CENTERLINE MONUMENT SURVEY MONUMENT

EA 4

5 LEAD COMPLIANCE PLAN AND BIRD (MIGRATORY amp RAPTORS) SURVEY WITH REPORT

LS 1

6 SURVEY MONUMENT PRESERVATIONREPLACEMENT

EA 4

7 REMOVAL OF EXISTING THERMOPLASTIC STRIPINGS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS

SF 36000

8 INSTALL DETAIL 1 LF 1100

9 INSTALL DETAIL 6 W REFLECTORS LF 2200

10 INSTALL DETAIL 9 W REFLECTORS LF 51500

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

32

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

11 INSTALL DETAIL 19 W REFLECTORS LF 600

12 INSTALL DETAIL 22 W REFLECTORS LF 5900

13 INSTALL DETAIL 29 W REFLECTORS LF 1200

14 INSTALL DETAIL 25A W REFLECTORS LF 4300

15 INSTALL DETAIL 27M W REFLECTORS LF 3000

16 INSTALL DETAIL 27B LF 11800

17 INSTALL DETAIL 32 WREFLECTORS LF 1800

18 INSTALL DETAIL 37B LF 900

19 INSTALL DETAIL 38 AND DETAIL 38A LF 9700

20 INSTALL DETAIL 39 AND DETAIL 39A LF 2200

21 INSTALL DETAIL 40M LF 500

22 INSTALL BLUE RETROFLECTIVE MARKER ACROSS FH 2 FEET OFF LANE LINE

EA 18

23 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (YELLOW CROSSWALKS)

SF 300

24 INSTALL THERMOPLASTIC (ARROWS CROSSWALKS ALL LEGENDS)

SF 12000

25 REMOVE EXISTING AND INSTALL NEW SIGN (W48 CA amp W10-1) PER COS STD DWG 36 amp 36A

EA 4

26 INSTALL DELINEATOR CLASS 1 TYPE F EA 54

27 SAW-CUT PAVEMENT AND INSTALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOPS

EA 40

28 INSTALL DETECTOR HANDHOLE EA 7

29 INSTALL RMCSCH 80 PVC FROM DH TO PB LF 200

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

33

Item No

Bid Item Description

Unit of Measure

Estimated Quantity

30 INSTALL TRUNCATED DOMES (4X3) INCLUDE ADA APPROVE SURFACE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

EA 28

31 CURB RAMP INCLUDING SAW CUTTING REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AC AND PCC PAVEMENT

EA 16

32 INSTALL NUMBER 5 PULL BOX OR APPROVED EQUAL

EA 3

33

FURNISH AND INSTALL POLARA PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST (INCLUDING FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 3

34

INSTALL CITY FURNISHED POLARA NAVIGATOR PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON (INCLUDING MOUNTING WIRING AND ASSOCIATED WORK)

EA 6

35 INSTALL 14 10 amp 8 WIRE LF 3200

36 PCC SIDEWALK REMOVE AND REPLACE SF 400

37 PCC CURB AND GUTTER--REMOVE AND REPLACE

LF 72

38 SHOULDER BACKING (2 WIDE MINIMUM) TONS 400

39 BASE FAILURE REPAIR PREPERATION WORK (COST OF HMA NOT INCLUDED)

SY 24000

40 34 NMAS HMA (TYPE-A) WITH PG 64-10 BITUMEN

TON 8000

41 MIRCOSURFACING (TYPE II) SY 140000

42 CRACK SEAL RANDOM CRACKS SF 248000

43 CHIP SEAL (RUBBERIZED) SY 77000

44 SLURRY SEAL (TYPE II POLYMER MODIFIED)

SY 42000

SECTION 10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 10-101 Adjust Utility Covers and Frames

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

34

The Contractorrsquos attention is directed to Section 15 ldquoExisting Facilitiesrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall protect all existing facilities from damage Existing maintenance hole frames and covers lamp holes survey monuments detector hand hole covers monitoring wells fire hydrant and water valve boxes that are owned by the City shall be adjusted to the new finish pavement grade as following All castings shall be brought to finish grade after the final pavement lift has been installed The manhole openings shall be temporarily covered by suitable means preferably with building paper A circular or square saw cut at least twelve (12) inches deep using diamond pavement cutters shall be made at least twelve (12) inches (six (6) inches for covers less than ten (10) inches diameter size) from the manhole If square saw cuts are used the diagonal of the square shall align with the direction of travel Smooth and clean cut of pavement is mandatory Jackhammer can be used to break and remove the material after the saw cut however the use of jackhammer will not be allowed in lieu of pavement saw The manholes and valves shall be raised by installing concentric grade rings (pre-cast concrete) andor leveling mortar The Contractor shall furnish grade rings fitting the configuration of the existing frame The concrete used shall comply with provisions of Standard Specifications section 90-201 Minor Concrete Use of high early-strength modified concrete is recommended The concrete shall be placed up to one and one-half (15) inch lower than the surface of the adjacent pavement A final lift of one and one-half (15) inch hot-mix asphalt shall be placed only after concrete is cured and have gained enough compressive strength to withstand the force of the compactor All finished adjusted frames and covers shall be level with or up to one-eighth (18) inch lower than adjacent pavement surface The work shall be performed to present a neat and thorough workmanlike appearance upon completion and result in a smooth ride over it A six-foot straight-edge will be placed over the utility cover to check for this requirement Any damage to the existing facilities caused by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor The catch basin frame grate steel pull box etc shall be adjusted to grade using new materials and the existing frame and grate shall be reused to the extent possible as directed by the Engineer The catch basin shall be raised as directed by the Engineer in the field All utility adjustment and valve box replacement other than the City of Stocktons shall be at the expense of the owner of the utility Upon completion of placement of overlay on each street all utility covers (maintenance hole water valve lamp hole and detector hand hole covers etc) shall be clean and free of any hot-mix asphalt and shall seat securely in their frames The unit price paid for each manhole adjustment shall include the cost of traffic control removing and resetting existing frame and cover concrete encasement masonry excavation hot-mix asphalt surfacing and furnishing all labor materials and equipment necessary to complete the work No additional compensation will be made for multiple traffic control mobilization special labor materials equipment or incidentals needed 10-102 Detector Loops Work covered under this specification shall include furnishing all labor materials tools equipment traffic control and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for complete installation of loops Work traffic control or equipment not specified that is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

35

Any Contractor requesting changes from specifications should be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without the Cityrsquos written approval of requested changes The Contractor shall grade dress up all areas disturbed and shall remove all rubbish surplus discarded material false-work forms temporary structures equipment machinery and shall leave the site in a neat and clean condition The Contractor shall notify USA and California Water Service Company at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the date of excavation or jacking operations that are to be started so that these utility companies may assist the Contractor in locating or ascertaining the existence of these utilities The Contractor shall provide seventy-two (72) hour written or facsimile notice to the City before starting any work The City shall mark the loops on the pavements Hydrants valve boxes curb-stop boxes fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period Should the Contractor desire to have any alterations made in any utility or other improvement for hisher own convenience in order to facilitate hisher construction operations and for hisher sole benefit heshe shall make all necessary arrangements with the owners and bear all expense in connection therewith Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage or injury to existing street improvements and utility facilities that are not to be removed All pipes and conduits broken by the Contractor shall be replaced at Contractorrsquos expense Materials used in replacing broken or damaged pipes and conduit shall be the same as the section of broken pipe or conduit unless permission to use other materials is given by the Director of Public Works All work mentioned in this article not otherwise provided for shall be included in the total bid and no additional compensation will be made therefore All necessary traffic control for work areas shall be provided and shall comply with most recent edition of ldquoCalifornia Manual on Uniform Control Devicesrdquo Detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-5 Detectors of the Caltrans Standard Specifications Standard Plans and these Special Provisions The Contractor can use either a) saw-cut or b) pre-formed sub-surface loop installation under the final lift of hot mix asphalt Loops shall not be cut after the final lift of hot-mix asphalt is placed Lead-in Cables Loop detector lead-in cable from the pull box for the detector handhole adjacent to the loop to the field terminals in the controller cabinet shall conform to the following Lead-in cable shall be Canoga (3M) detector loop lead-in cable 30003 and consist of 4 number 18 stranded copper conductors with each conductor insulated with polyethylene The conductors shall be twisted together with a minimum of 5 turns per foot and the twisted pair shall be protected with a shield of aluminum polyester jacket with a thickness of 27 mils minimum at any point and shall be UL listed Style 2106 The diameter of the cable shall be 025 inch maximum The diagonal pairs shall conform to the following color-coding WhiteBlack and RedGreen Lead-in cable shall be indentified and banded by lane in the detector handhole and near the termination of the conduit in the controller Bands shall conform to the provisions in the Caltrans Specifications

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

36

Saw-Cut Installation The City will mark the location of new loops The loops shall be installed in six (6) foot by six (6) foot Type A configuration with a Type D loop adjacent to the limit line A five (5) foot by five (5) foot loop shall be installed for dual left lanes or where there are multiple lanes with presence loops adjacent to each other and are 11 feet wide and narrower The spacing between all loops shall be ten (10) feet All loops shall be wrapped in the slots in a clockwise direction only The loop wire ends MUST be marked START and FINISH with a loop identification number The Contractor shall mark (using paint) the direction of loop winding on the pavement where the loops are cut The City reserves the right to check the direction of loop windings later If the loop windings are found not to be in compliance with these Special Provisions the Contractor shall re-install loops at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation Slots cut in the pavement shall be immediately cleaned by washing with water to remove all sawing residues and blown out and dried before installation of conductors The ends of loop conductors shall be sealed and made waterproof prior to being installed in the conduit and prior to being left for splicing After conductors are installed in the slots the slots shall be filled with sealant The sealant shall be at least one (1) inch thick above the top conductor in the saw cut Each loop shall be checked and filled with sealant after a minimum elapsed time of one (1) hour This is due to trapped air pockets andor settling of the sealant The Contractor shall use approved loop detector sealant Sealant shall be Asphalt Emulsion Induction Loop Sealant State Spec No 8040-41A-15 as manufactured by Reed and Graham of San Jose California or City approved alternate For concrete surface installations Elastormeric sealant shall be used Loop detector sealant must be used at air temperatures above 40 degrees Fahrenheit Sealant shall be placed one-eighth (18) inch below pavement surface At no time shall the sealant be installed if the ground is wet One (1) inch minimum diameter holes shall be core drilled at the loop corner after slots are saw cut Diagonal corner cuts shall not be permitted Home run cut must be at a 45-degree angle from any corner of the loop Pre-Formed Sub-Surface Loops Installation (EZY-LOOPS OR APPROVED EQUAL) The pre-formed loops shall meet the above specification for saw-cut loop installations except that the pavement will not be cut The electromagnetic traffic detection loops shall be pre-formed and encapsulated in a protective adhesive bandage so that they may be laid within a road pavement as a single unit for designed for installation prior to the final lift of pavement and self-adhere to the existing or an adequate sub-surface layer of pavement There shall be no splices at any time throughout the continuous wire of the preformed loop system The preformed loops shall be capable of being installed beneath a final asphalt layer of one and one-half (1frac12) inches or greater without showing any indication of product reflection into the finished lift of pavement The overall thickness profile of the installed preformed loop shall be no greater than three-eighths (⅜) inch The loops shall not be installed if the ambient working temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit andor road surface temperature is less than 68 degrees Fahrenheit The loop area must be swept thoroughly and remain free from dust during installation Loops shall be installed by installing a base bandage and over bandage The base bandage of the preformed loop shall be a heavy-duty 24kgm2 (53 lb328 ftsup2) high strength PVC mat in the form of a 150mm six (6) inch wide bandage It shall be impregnated and coated with a tough

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

37

polymer modified bitumen compound and meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 3 mm (nominal) Membrane Tensile Strength (BD 2782) 19 Nmm2 Membrane Impact strength Round Tup (ASTM G14)10 joule Membrane Impact strength Chisel Tup (BGCPSCW2) 55 joule

The over-bandage of the preformed loop shall be ldquoTechBandrdquo or a similar approved woven polypropylene bandage coated with a polymer modified bitumen mastic layer 100mm (4 inches) wide It shall meet the following specifications

Total Thickness 18 mm Peel Adhesion 40 Nmm Membrane Resistance to Puncture 900 N Elongation 50 Membrane Strength 250 Nmm

The loop lead wires shall be encapsulated and protected the entire length from the loop to the hand hold or pull box utilizing the base bandage beneath the lead wire and securing the lead wires to the protective base bandage by placing the Tech Bandage over-bandage or similar approved material over the lead wire and base bandage system The lead-in wires should be sufficiently long (generally about 50 feet) to cover the distance between DH and pull box The wires shall be twisted as per State standards Electrical conductor wire shall be a multi strand copper wire zinc annealed 1x15 mm2 TAC utilizing XLPE OR USE-2 insulation loop cable for vehicle detection Detector loop conductors shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association Inc specification number 51-5-1984 or equal Wire shall be 14 AWG 19-strand conductor insulated by a polyvinyl chloride compound The insulated conductor shall be completely enclosed in a nylon jacket The wire shall be encased in a tube of either polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene compound Encasing tube made of polyvinyl chloride shall comply with ASTM D2220 Encasing tube made of polyethylene compound shall comply with ASTM-D1248 for Type II Class C Grade P33 The Contractor shall splice the loop detectors leads at the pull box and connect into the traffic signal cabinet All loops must be tested for continuity and measured for series resistance and insulation resistance using a Megohmmeter before splicing The test shall be made in the presence of the Project Inspector If the series resistance of a loop assemble is greater than 10 ohm the Contractor shall inspect the loop assembly to find the cause of the excessive resistance and correct the cause at no additional cost to the City If the insulation resistance is found to be greater than 100 ohm the Contractor shall determine the cause of the problem by isolating it to either the lead-in cable or the loop wire If the loop wire is found defective the Contractor shall replace the loop wire at no cost to the City If the cable is found defective the City will replace it at no cost to the Contractor If the loop is found defective after final installation the Contractor shall re-install loop at hisher own expense No additional compensation shall be allowed for this re-installation The contract prices paid per unit (each) of detector loop shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing loop testing and splicing as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Detector Handhole and Conduit The City will mark the location of new detector hand holes (DH) Only Type A or B Traffic Rated detector handholes Type 4-TT shall be used with metal triangular lids The point of the triangle shall face the direction of traffic If the handhole is located at the lip of gutter four-inch deep concrete is required around the handhole Otherwise the handole shall be located at the lane line about five (5) feet away from the corner of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

38

the loop All loop wires shall have three (3) feet of slack in the pull box All loop wires shall be routed through the handhole Home run conduit (between DH and PB) shall be a minimum of two (2) inch schedule 80 Polyvinyl Chloride The conduit shall be installed a minimum depth of two (2rsquo) feet from the top of the pavement or curb The conduit can be bored under existing concrete curb The contract price paid per unit (each) of detector hand hole shall include compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of detector hand hole as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per linear feet for installation of conduit include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing pipe and detector hand hole and routing the loop wires through it to the nearest pull box as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 10-103 Temporary Pavement Striping and Markings The Contractor shall furnish place maintain and remove temporary markings (tape) in accordance with the provisions in Section 12-301 ldquoGeneralrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as to reduce the minimum standards specified in the California MUTCD for streets and highways Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing markings and shall be maintained until replaced with permanent one Any temporary pavement marking conflicting with new traffic pattern shall be promptly removed or removed as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for furnishing placing maintaining and removing the temporary pavement markings shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payments will be paid therefore 10-104 Thermoplastic Striping and Markings The work herein provided for consists in general of installing thermoplastic striping and all associated work The work flow is anticipated as follows

1 The City marks the limits to be striped 2 The Paving Contractor installs temporary pavement markers on the pavement 3 The Contractor establishes the pre-marking as per the existing striping layout and pavement

markings per as-built plans engineering plans aerial photos or photographs and videos and as directed by the Engineer

4 The Contractor installs cat-tracking within 72 hours of pavement completion 5 The Engineer approves the cat-tracking 6 The Contractor installs longitudinal thermoplastic striping (by ribbon gun or extruded shoe attachment)

of minimum thickness of 009rdquo 7 The Contractor installs the retro-reflective pavement markers 8 The Contractor installs pavement markers crosswalk parking Ts arrows STOPYIELD and other

transverse marking and legends 9 The Contractor removes the temporary pavement markers

Contractorrsquos responsibility The Contractor shall use striping plans aerial photography video photographs or any other methods to establish pre-marking on the pavement as per existing striping The Contractor shall install cat-tracking using these pre-marks and get approval of the Engineer before commencing permanent striping in thermoplastic It is expected that some changes may occur compared to existing striping

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

39

Within 10 working days of approval of the Engineer or his designee the Contractor shall install all longitudinal thermoplastic striping reflectors pavement markers and other transverse markings and legends and provide all labor materials equipment and traffic control as per California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices The supplied equipment shall be in good working condition at all times The Engineer shall provide a notice to the Contractor at least 24 hours in advance No premium shall be paid for night weekend or holiday work In general it is expected that most of the work will be performed during weeknights (Sunday-Thursday) between 900 pm and 500 am However the working hours can be changed at any time with a 24-hour notice (via telephone voicemail fax e-mail or mail) to the Contractor It shall be the Contractorrsquos responsibility to keep all modes of communication in working conditions at all times The Contractor shall follow proper traffic control per Caltrans Standard Plans or current MUTCD Standard during work Equipment and processes for installation of long-line thermoplastic traffic striping should include or be capable of

1 Working in conjunction (including truck-to-truck communication) with support vehicles for installation and protection of newly applied thermoplastic traffic striping within accepted operational guidelines for mobile construction operations during daytime or night time hours

2 Installing thermoplastic material with concurrent application of additional retro-reflective glass beads to install superimpose or re-trace existing lines on tangents or curves in the width and dimensions specified

3 Capability of installing solid and broken lines through the use of a calibrated skip-timer device 4 The equipment should be able to carry a pre-melter of minimum capacity of 4000 LB per color and

glass bead capacity of 3000 LB to ensure continuous operation without interruption 5 Maintain and prepare thermoplastic material in sufficient quantity and acceptable temperatures for

efficient high production application of thermoplastic material within a vehicle application speed range of 5 to 8 MPH

6 Operating in conjunction or concurrently with equipment designed to apply any manufacturerrsquos recommended primer material required for proper bonding of the thermoplastic material to the road surface or existing traffic marking

Traffic stripes and pavement marking shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on California MUTCD Any discrepancies on measurement of completed stripes to their respective California MUTCD details will be a pay deduct of their respective line item unit price If the discrepancies are substantial the traffic stripes must be removed and replaced The completed traffic stripes must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation must be uniform must be straight on tangent alignment and must be a true arc on curved alignment The completed pavement markings must have clean and well-defined edges without running or deformation and must conform to the dimensions shown on the MUTCD standard Minor variation maybe accepted at the Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall provide a qualified individual in-charge of quality-control during application operations who is not an active member of the installation crew This requirement may be waived by the Engineer if work results are satisfactory to the Engineer Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Section 84-1 ldquoGeneralrdquo and Section 84-2 ldquoThermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the State Standard Specifications and to these Special Provisions Material Thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings where applicable shall conform to the most current

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

40

approved pre-qualified and tested signing and delineation materials and products list maintained by the California Department of Transportation For this project white and lead-free yellow Alkyd Resin Binder specification number PTH-02ALKYD (dated February 2009 or update) shall be used The Contractor shall supply all material and provide the manifest of the material which includes the manufacturing andor shipping date Primer If the striping is installed on asphalt-concrete surfaces which have been paved more than two weeks a primer specified by the manufacturer of thermoplastic material is to be used and shall be applied as per the direction Striping For pavement striping use either ribbon gun or extrusion dies to install lines at a minimum thickness of 009 inches on the pavement surface in a melted state at a temperature of 400-440 degF The pavement surface to which thermoplastic material is applied shall be completely coated by the material and the voids of the pavement surface shall be filled Apply additional glass beads by drop-on or pressure spray methods at a uniform minimum rate of 072-092 lbssquare yard of markings The Caltrans Specification Number for glass beads in Section 84-2 Materials of the Standard specifications is amended to read 8010-21C-22 (Type II) The bead shall be embedded approximately 60 percent for optimal retro-reflection and retention at a maximum striping truck speed of 8 mph The Contractor shall adjust the striping truck speed so that the bead embedment is maintained at approximately 60 percent The beads will likely pop out very quickly at less than 60 percent embedment and the light cannot enter the bead or return at 75-100 percent embedment 10-106 Removal of Existing Pavement Striping Markers and Markings Legends striping markers and markings that are to be removed by this contract shall conform to Section 15-202C ldquoRemove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be removed by grinding or other City-approved method AII removed traffic stripes and pavement markings and excess material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a legal and proper manner Payment described in Section 15-202C(3) is not a applicable to this contract Removal and disposal of existing traffic markings and excess material shall conform to Section 15 Existing Highway Facilities of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and as specified herein Storm drain inlets adjacent to areas to be ground shall be protected from grindings or any material or runoff entering the storm drain system Full compensation for removal of striping marking and markers shall be included in the contract price for various bid items and no extra payment will be paid therefore 10-107 Pavement Striping and Markings Thermoplastic traffic stripe (traffic lines) and pavement markings shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification PTH-02ALKYD Retroreflectivity of the thermoplastic pavement markings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow thermoplastic pavement markings shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

41

150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied at the minimum thickness and application rate as specified below The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe 4 inches in width

Minimum Marking

Thickness (inches)

Minimum Application

Rate (lbft)

0098 034 lbft

Minimum thickness for cross walk markings is 012 inches Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be free of runs bubbles craters drag marks stretch marks and debris Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping and marking complete in place will be considered as included in the contract square foot price paid for in placing each type of thermoplastic pavement marking and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe (Sprayable) Sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes (traffic lines) shall be applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 84 ldquoTraffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be free of lead and chromium and shall conform to the requirements in State Specification NO PTH-02SPRAY Retroreflectivity of the sprayable traffic stripes shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation D 6359-99 White sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 250 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 Yellow sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes shall have a minimum initial retroreflectivity of 150 mcdmiddotm-2middot1x-1 At the option of the Contractor permanent traffic striping and pavement marking tape conforming to the provisions in ldquoPrequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materialsrdquo of these special provisions may be placed instead of the sprayable thermoplastic traffic stripes Permanent tape if used shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturerrsquos specifications Where striping joins existing striping as shown on the plans the Contractor shall begin and end the transition from the existing striping pattern into or from the new striping pattern a sufficient distance to ensure continuity of the striping pattern Sprayable thermoplastic material shall be applied to the pavement at a minimum thickness of 0098 inches and a minimum rate of 034 lbft The minimum application rate is based on a solid stripe of 4 inches in width Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals as required and doing all work involved in installing various thermoplastic pavement striping complete in place will be considered as included in the contract lineal foot price paid for placing each type of thermoplastic pavement striping and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore 10-108 Pavement Markers Pavement markers shall be placed in conformance with the provisions in Section 85 Pavement Markers of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

42

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certificates of compliance Retroreflective pavement makers shall be marked as abrasion resistant on the body of the markers Retroreflective pavement markers placed in pavement recesses shall be cemented with a flexible polymer-modified hot-melt asphaltic adhesive conforming to the following requirements

Specification ASTM

Designation Requirement

Penetration mm 100 g 5 seconds 25degC

D 5 30 Maximum

Softening Point degC D 36 93 Minimum

Brookfield Thermosel Viscosity Pa s No 27 Spindle 20 RPM 191degC

D 4402 25 - 6

Ductility cm 5 cmmin 25degC D 113 15 Minimum

Ductility cm 1 cmmin 4degC D 113 5 Minimum

Flexibility D 31111 2 3 4 No breaks or cracks

Notes

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 6 to The test apparatus consists of a mandrel one inch in diameter by 3 inch to 6 inch in length supported at each end

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 7 to The test specimen dimensions are one inch wide 6 inch long and 18 inch thick

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 8 to Condition the test specimens and apparatus for 4 hours at 19 F before testing

Modify ASTM Designation D 3111 Paragraph 105 to Bend the test specimens 90deg over the mandrel at a uniform rate in 10 seconds while maintaining intimate contact with the mandrel

Testing of adhesive bond strength will be performed on sandblasted concrete brick surface in conformance with the requirements in California Test 669 and these special provisions The concrete brick surface will be sandblasted in conformance with the requirements in California Test 423 The test plugs of 2-inch diameter will be conditioned at 221 F for a minimum of 2 hours before bonding to the sandblasted concrete surface The adhesive sample will be heated to the application temperature as recommended by the manufacturer and a sample of 3 inch diameter in area will be poured onto the sandblasted concrete surface The heated plug will immediately be pressed onto the puddle of hot adhesive to squeeze out excess adhesive The excess adhesive extruding from under the plug will be removed The assembly will be allowed to cure for 24 hours at

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

43

73F 36F and then be tested to bond failure at a crosshead speed of 2 inches per minute The reported peak load and the bond strength value will be the average of 3 tests respectively The same bond strength test will be performed on retroreflective pavement markers Instead of placing the heated adhesive sample on the sandblasted concrete surface it will be placed on the bottom of the pavement markers Pavement markers shall not be placed on new asphalt concrete surfacing or seal coat until the surfacing or seal coat has been opened to public traffic for a period of not less than 7 days when hot melt bituminous adhesive is used Existing pavement markers when no longer required for traffic lane delineation shall be removed and disposed of as directed by the Engineer Pavement markings shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-101 ldquoGeneralrdquo and 84-3 ldquoPainted Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markingsrdquo of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Any necessary cat tracks dribble lines and layout work as shown on the Plans as specified in these Specifications and the Special Provisions as directed by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made for this work Payment for pavement markers shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various pavement striping items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore Contractor shall install blue raised reflective pavement markers to mark fire hydrant locations The blue reflective pavement markers should be placed 2 feet from the centerline stripe or approximately center of the pavement where there is no centerline stripe on the side nearest the fire hydrant Full compensation for furnishing and placing of the blue raised reflective pavement markers shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various striping items of work and no separate payment will be made 10-109 Environmental Regulations Contractor shall comply with the following Best Management Practices regarding storm water regulations

All thermoplastic striper and pre-heater equipment shutoff valves shall be inspected to ensure that they are working properly to prevent leaking thermoplastic from entering drain inlets the storm water drainage system or watercourses

The pre-heater shall be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of hot thermoplastic Leave six inches of space at the top of the pre-heater container when filling thermoplastic to allow room for material to move when the vehicle is deadheaded

Contractor shall not pre-heat transfer or load thermoplastic near drain inlets or watercourses

Clean truck beds daily of loose debris and melted thermoplastic When possible recycle thermoplastic material Thermoplastic waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 5-111 of these Special Provisions

Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-110 Public Safety The Contractor will be responsible for placing barricades lights signs and utilization of flagmen at the job site if required The Contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment at the job site and in transit The

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

44

Contractor crew must be trained knowledgeable and experienced to perform the job They should have received proper certifications safety training and must follow relevant state and federal safety regulations such as OSHA and CalOSHA Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-111 Seal Cracks in Existing Pavement Surfacing The Contractor shall follow the CA-MUTCD traffic control requirements at all times during this work Only one lane can be closed for traffic during the work Work can be performed during weekends and weeknights with an approval of the Engineer The Engineerrsquos direction supersedes other plans and specifications Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing of the traffic lanes intersections and shoulders shall be prepared and filled with crack sealant as shown on the plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions Cracks in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing and shoulders that are 6-mm (14rdquo) wide and wider shall be prepared and sealed The limits of the lanes and shoulders to be prepared and sealed shall be as designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer At any location where a 6-mm (14rdquo) or wider crack exists the entire length of the crack shall be routed and sealed as directed by the Engineer Submit a certificate of compliance if your selected crack treatment material is on the Caltransrsquo Authorized Material List The submittal must include 1 Manufacturers name 2 Production location 3 Product brand or trade name 4 Product designation 5 Batch or lot number 6 Crack treatment material type 7 Contractor or subcontractor name 8 Contract number 9 Lot size 10 Shipment date 11 Manufacturers signature If your selected crack treatment material is not on the Authorized Material List submit a sample and test results from each batch or lot 20 days before use Testing must be done by an authorized laboratory and test results must show compliance with the specifications Test reports must include the information specified for the certificate of compliance submittal Hot-applied crack treatment material samples must be 3 pounds minimum in a silicone release container Cold-applied crack treatment material samples must be submitted in a minimum 2-quart plastic container Submit the following with each delivery of crack treatment material to the job site 1 Manufacturers heating and application instructions 2 Manufacturers MSDS 3 Name of the manufacturers recommended detackifier MATERIALS

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

45

The crack sealant shall conform to the following requirements

Crack Treatment Material Property a ASTM test

method b Type 4 material

Softening point (min) D 36 84 degC Cone penetration at 77 degF (max) D 5329 70 Resilience at 77 degF unaged D 5329 35ndash75 Flexibility c D 3111 -11 degC Tensile adhesion (min) D 5329 500 Specific gravity (max) D 70 125 Asphalt compatibility D 5329 Pass Sieve test (percent passing) See note d 100

a Cold-applied crack treatment material residue collected under ASTM D 6943 Method B and sampled under ASTM D 140 must comply with the grade specifications b Except for viscosity cure each specimen at a temperature of 23 plusmn 2 degC and a relative humidity of 50 plusmn 10 percent for 24 plusmn 2 hours before testing c For the flexibility test the specimen size must be 64 plusmn 02 mm thick by 25 plusmn 02 mm wide by 150 plusmn 05 mm long The test mandrel diameter must be 64 plusmn 02 mm The bend arc must be 180 degrees The bend rate must be 2 plusmn 1 seconds At least 4 of 5 test specimens must pass at the specified test temperature without fracture crazing or cracking d For hot-applied crack treatment dilute with toluene and sieve through a no 8 sieve For cold-applied crack treatment sieve the product as-received through a no 8 sieve If the manufacturer provides a statement that added components passed the no 16 sieve before blending this requirement is void

The modified asphalt crack sealant material shall be capable of being melted and applied to cracks at temperatures below 204degC (400ordmF) When heated it shall readily penetrate cracks 6-mm (14rdquo) wide or wider

Preparation

Cracks to be filled and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing shall be cleaned and shall be free of dirt vegetation debris and loose sealant Cleaning shall be done by air blasting Old sealant which protrudes above the asphalt concrete surfacing shall be completely removed Routing will be required All routed material shall be completely removed prior to reopening the lane to public traffic and disposed of in conformance with Section 7-113 Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way of the Standard Specifications Hot compressed air or other means approved by the Engineer shall be used to clean and dry the crack immediately prior to application of material

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

46

Application

Crack sealing shall be performed after all asphalt concrete base failure repairs are completed The crack sealant material shall be applied only after the cracks and adjacent asphalt concrete surfacing have been cleaned Cracks shall be filled to within 6-mm (14rdquo) below the existing pavement surface Crack sealant material shall be spread with any type nozzle or device approved for use by the Engineer that will place the material within the specified temperature range and to the dimensions shown on the plans Within 2 days after application of sealant sealed cracks that reopen shall be resealed

Measurement and Payment

Sealing cracks of various locations in the existing asphalt concrete surfacing will be measured and paid for by the square foot Seal cracks of various locations will be measured along the edge of each paved lane to which sealant is applied The length of area to be paid for will be determined from actual measurement Such measurement will be made parallel to the gradient of the pavement as determined by the Engineer The contract price paid per square foot for seal cracks or various locations shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in sealing cracks complete in place including routing as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Full compensation for cleaning and sealing cracks of various locations including multiple remobilizations shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per square foot for crack seal cracks bid item and no separate payment will be made 10-112 Tack Coat Asphaltic Emulsion Tack-Coat A tack coat of asphaltic emulsion shall be furnished and applied at the minimum residual rate of 006 gallonsSY to existing asphalt concrete pavement surface prior to overlay or between layers of hot mix asphalt overlay vertical surfaces of existing pavement construction joints curbs and gutters The emulsion shall be CRS-2h PMCRS-2h or other emulsion approved equal by the Engineer The Contractor shall request in writing for emulsion substitution providing engineering properties and test results of the proposed emulsion before the project begins No substitution will be allowed once the project is underway If you dilute Asphaltic emulsion mix until homogeneous before application Apply to vertical surfaces with a residual tack coat rate that will thoroughly coat the surface without running off Close areas receiving tack coat to traffic Do not track tack coat onto pavement surface beyond the job site Full compensation for the use of asphaltic emulsion tack coat shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt Material bid item and various bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore 10-113 Base Failure Repairs (dig-out) Base failure repairs shall be performed by

a) Excavating the marked (failed) area of the pavement and removing any wet and unstable material up to six (6) inches until a solid amp dry surface is reached If a reasonably dry surface is not visible after eight (8) inches of excavation of base layer of material the Contractor shall notify the Engineer The Engineer or hisher designee has a full discretion to adjust the depth of the base repair depending on the existing condition of the base Pavement fabric maybe present in the pavement areas to be excavated (or milled) Pavement fabric exposed by this operation shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

47

completely removed No additional compensation will be allowed for cold milling based on the presence of paving fabric and for the complete removal of the fabric

b) Compact the sub-basebase as directed by the Engineer c) Spray the tack-coat as per Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 39-109C on the milled

pavement surface and to all vertical edges The application rate shall be from 006 to 010 GSY and as directed by the Engineer

d) Construct the base of the street using three-quarter (frac34) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size

hot-mix asphalt layers A maximum of three (3) inches is allowed in one lift of hot-mix asphalt Asphalt Bitumen content in the mix delivered at the site shall not be below 49 The Contractor shall frequently test the material (at a minimum of one sample per 750 tons) for gradation air voids asphalt content and stability at the hot-mix plant An approved mix design is required Details are in ldquoHot Mix Asphaltrdquo section 11 Base Failure repair work shall comply with Section 11-113 ldquoSpreading Equipmentrdquo Section 11-114 ldquoSpreadingrdquo Section 11-115 ldquoCompacting Equipmentrdquo Section 11-116 ldquoCompacting Base Failure Repairrdquo and Section 11-120 ldquoSmoothnessrdquo of these Special Provisions

e) Base failure repairs shall comply with Section 11-121 ldquoAcceptance Testing for HMArdquo and Section

11-122 ldquoContractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Base failure repair shall be paid for by the actual area repaired (in square yards) It shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals traffic control mobilization and doing all work involved in compaction removal and disposal of materials as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer No additional compensation will be allowed therefore

All milled material from the base repair shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed outside the limits of the project The existing pavement may also contain fabric interlayer (petromat trupave and etc) Stockpiling of milled material on City streets will not be permitted No additional compensation will be paid for removal of extra material milled material (or aka as grindings) with interlayer fabric or time used by other resources 10-114 Sweeping Contractor shall sweep gutter sidewalk driveways and street during and after the construction The Contractor shall remove all debris from the storm water system whether or not the accumulation of debris is the direct result of hisher operations It is expected that there will be multiple sweeps of the road after days of the completion of paving and resurfacing (Cape-seal Micro-surfacing and Slurry-seal) operations on the street If the Contractor fails to response within a day of notice of the request a $500calendar day fee shall be accessed until sufficient sweeping is provided Full compensation for sweeping removal and disposal of debris shall be included in the various bid items and no additional compensation will be made therefore 10-115 Shoulder Backing Shoulder backing shall conform to the requirements in Section 19 ldquoEarthworkrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The work shall consist of constructing shoulder backing adjacent to the edge of the new surfacing at the streets Shoulder backing is constructed to eliminate sudden shoulder drop from the new pavement therefore the width of the shoulder backing shall be a minimum of two feet from the edge of the new pavement and it shall

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

48

have a minimum of 90 relative compaction When necessary the Engineer will direct the width of the shoulder backing The Contractor shall remove all vegetation along the shoulder using bladegrader for a width of 8 feet from the edge of the pavement (whether traveled way or not) The material for shoulder backing shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base imported material and shall conform to the requirements in Section 26 ldquoAggregate Baserdquo of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions Recycled frac34rdquo Class 2 Aggregate Base or the grinding material from the project may be substituted for Class 2 Aggregate Base as long as it is free from deleterious material and meets to the grading requirements Shoulder backing material shall not be deposited on the new surfacing prior to placing it in final position nor shall it be bladed onto the new surfacing during mixing watering and blading operations Shoulder backing will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in depositing compaction as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT 11-101 Hot Mix Asphalt for Base Failure Repair Summary This work includes furnishing and placing frac34rdquo nominal maximum aggregate size Type A HMA to be used for Base Failure repair Comply with Section 39 Hot Mix Asphalt of the Caltrans Standard Specifications 11-102 Asphalt Asphalt shall conform to Section 92 Asphalts of the Caltrans Standard Specifications General Only Caltrans-approved asphalt suppliers who currently hold a Certificate of Compliance are eligible to supply bitumen for this project The Contractor shall ensure the safe transportation storage use and disposal of asphalt The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction 11-103 Applying Asphalt Unless otherwise specified the Contractor shall heat and apply asphalt in conformance with the provisions in Section 93 Liquid Asphalts of the Caltrans Specifications The Contractor shall apply paving asphalt at a temperature between 250degF and 375degF The Engineer will determine the exact temperature of paving asphalt 11-104 Asphalt Grade PG 64-10 bitumen shall conform to Section 92-102(B) of the Caltrans Specifications A certificate of compliance and test results performed by bitumen supplier shall accompany with each load and be presented to the Engineer Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) The use of RAP in HMA mix is allowed for up to 15 of the total mix by weight at the option of Contractor Requirements for RAP are as follows

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

49

100 of RAP material must pass one (1) inch sieve No deleterious materials are allowed in the RAP mix No particle in the mixture made with RAP should exceed the maximum aggregate size at the time of

discharge in the transport vehicle The specific gravity of the virgin binder should be used as the specific gravity of the binder in the RAP

for mixture design The effective specific gravity of the aggregate in the RAP should be determined and used as the bulk

specific gravity of the RAP aggregate for calculation purposes When the RAP contains highly absorptive materials the amount of absorbed asphalt should be estimated based on experience and used to back calculate the bulk specific gravity of the aggregate

Requirements for aggregate properties gradation and volumetric properties must be met by the blend of virgin and reclaimed materials The gradation of the aggregate in the RAP shall be used in calculation of the mix gradation and fractured faces RAP is treated like a stockpile of aggregate during analysis Fine aggregate angularity sand equivalent and flat and elongated particles are not measured on the RAP aggregate The percentage of asphalt in the RAP should be considered when determining the trial asphalt content The trial asphalt content is calculated during the trial blend analysis The amount of asphalt contained in the RAP should be considered when determining how much virgin asphalt is required 11-105 Aggregate Aggregate and combined aggregate shall conform to the quality and gradation provisions in these Special Provisions Aggregates shall be clean and free from decomposed or organic materials and other deleterious substances Coarse aggregate is material retained on the 4 (475-mm) sieve fine aggregate is material passing the 4 (475-mm) sieve and supplemental fine aggregate is added fine material passing the 30 (600-μm) sieve including but not limited to lime cement and stored fines from dust collectors Fractured faces of the aggregate shall be obtained by crushing Fine aggregate shall not contain more than ten (10) percent of natural (non-manufactured) sand by mass of the total aggregate The Contractor shall design a HMA mixture using a blend of aggregates with frac34rdquo (19-mm) NMAS The target value for the percent passing each designated sieve size for the aggregate blend used in the proposed hot mix asphalt mix design shall be determined by the Contractor

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

50

frac34rdquo Type A Hot Mix Asphalt

Percentage Passing

Sieve Sizes

Limits of Proposed Gradation

JMF plusmn Contract Compliance

25-mm 1rdquo 100 - 19-mm 34 90-94 Xplusmn5 125-mm 12 70-88 Xplusmn6 95-mm 38 64-84 Xplusmn5 475-mm No 4 45-55 Xplusmn7 236-mm No 8 30-40 Xplusmn5 118-mm No 16 17-25 Xplusmn5 600-μm No 30 13-19 Xplusmn4 300-μm No 50 10-15 Xplusmn4 150-μm No 100 5-11 Xplusmn4 75-μm No 200 3-8 Xplusmn2

The percent passing the 75-μm sieve shall be reported to the first decimal place (tenths) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size is defined as one sieve size larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10 of the material In the table above the symbol X is the gradation which the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve (Job Mix Formula) Hot mix asphalt shall be Type-A conforming to the Caltrans Standard Specifications for three-quarter (frac34rdquo) inch Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size and half-inch (frac12rdquo) Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size For each hot mix asphalt mix proposed to be used the Contractor shall submit a plot of the gradation of the aggregate on a Federal Highway Administration 045-power gradation chart It is recommended that the proposed aggregate gradation should not vary from the low limit on one sieve size to the high limit on the adjacent sieve size or vice versa and should be free of any sand hump A sand hump is defined as a deviation of more than 3 upward from a straight line drawn from the origin of a 045-power gradation chart to the point at which the gradation line crosses the 4 (475-mm) sieve line During hot mix asphalt production aggregate gradation shall be within the limits specified in the tables above The combined aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements prior to the addition of the bitumen

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

51

Aggregate Quality Requirements

Quality Test Quality Requirement

Percent of Crushed Particles 1 (Min) Coarse Aggregate Fine Aggregate (Passing no4 sieve Retained on no no 8 sieve)

CT 205 90 70

Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 (Min) AASHTO T304Method A

45

Los Angeles Rattler 1 Loss at 100 Rev (Max) Loss at 500 Rev (Max)

CT 211 12 45

Sand Equivalent 1 (Min) CT 217 47 Flat and elongated particles (max by weight 51)

CT 235 10

Notes 1 Reported value shall be the average of three (3) tests from a single split sample

Changes in aggregate source shall be considered a change in mix design and shall require a new mix design proposal before work can proceed Aggregates shall be treated in conformance with the provisions in Anti-Strip Treatment of these Special Provisions 11-106 Contractor Mix Design Proposal Mix designs shall conform with Section 39-103 ldquoHot Mix Asphalt Mix Design Requirementsrdquo of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall submit for the Engineers review a proposed hot mix asphalt mix design for each hot mix asphalt mixture to be used at least fourteen (14) days prior to production of that hot mix asphalt mixture A laboratory (or laboratories) whose proficiency has been reviewed and qualified in conformance with the Caltransrsquo Independent Assurance Program shall prepare the hot mix asphalt mix design Aggregate quality and hot mix asphalt design test results shall be no more than twelve (12) months old when production of the hot mix asphalt starts The mix design shall indicate the target values (X) proposed for gradation asphalt content percent air voids and Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate This submittal shall include test results for aggregate and asphalt mixture quality plots of the combined gradings showing the production tolerances plots of unit weight stability and percent air voids versus asphalt content for the asphalt contents considered in the design process In addition this submittal shall include test results for stability percent air voids and swell for three (3) briquettes constructed using the submitted aggregate and asphalt blended at the proposed target values for each hot mix asphalt to be used The Contractor shall submit the following for each hot mix asphalt mixture proposed

A Aggregate and mineral filler 1 Target values for percent passing each sieve size for the aggregate blend 2 Results of tests for aggregate quality requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

52

3 Source of each aggregate to be used including producer location and California Mine Identification number

4 Percentage of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 5 Gradation of each aggregate stockpile cold feed or hot bin to be used 6 Plots of Power 45 curve for representative sample B Bitumen 1 Bitumen source and target value 2 Results of the bitumen quality tests conforming to the provisions in Section 92 Asphalts

of the Standard Specifications 3 Certificate of compliance from the bitumen supplier certifying conformance with the

requirements of the requirements for the type and grade of binder 4 Material Safety Data Sheets The proposed hot mix asphalt mix design submittal will be

considered complete only when the mix design letter test results plots and samples have been received by the Engineer

11-107 Engineer Review of Hot-Mix Asphalt Design The Engineer in consultation with the Contractor shall decide the optimum bitumen content (after considering stability of mix and other factors) and acceptable tolerance during production The production tolerance shall not exceed +045 and -045 from approved optimum bitumen content Certification from the asphalt plant periodic inspection of plant during production and supervision and documentation of all quality control test results performed at the plant shall be provided to the Engineer All records of production and quality control must be kept for at least two (2) years 11-108 Contractor Quality Control Quality control sampling testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see next pages)

see following page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

53

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and

testing frequency HMA type

A

Aggregate gradationa California Test 202

1 per 750 tons and any remaining part

JMF Toleranceb Sand equivalent (min)c

California Test 217 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 2500 tons but not less than 1 per paving day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()d e

ASTM D-2041 or California Test 309

3 per 750 (min) 91ndash96

Stabilometer value (min)c f

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 One per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is greater

30

37

Air void content ()c g California Test 367 4 2 Aggregate moisture content at continuous mixing plants and RAP moisture content at continuous mixing plants and batch mixing plantsh

California Test 226 or 370

2 per day during production

--

Percent of crushed particles coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205

As designated in the QC plan At least once per

project

90

75

70 Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211

12

45 Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Report only

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 45

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

54

Voids filled with asphalt ()i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

760ndash800 730ndash760 650ndash750 650ndash750

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min)i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367

170 150 140 130

Dust proportion i No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 09ndash20

06ndash13

Smoothness Section 39-112 --

12-foot straight-edge must grind and PI0

Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Section 39-102D Section 39-104C --

Asphalt modifier Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

CRM Section 39-102D Section 39-104C

--

a Determine combined aggregate gradation containing RAP under California Test 367 b The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances in section 39-102E c Report the average of 3 tests from a single split sample d Required for HMA Type A if the specified paved thickness is at least 015 foot e Determine maximum theoretical density (California Test 309) at the frequency specified for Test Maximum Density under California Test 375 Part 5D f California Test 304 Part 213 g Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309 h For adjusting the plant controller at the HMA plant i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two consecutive quality control test results do not comply with the action limits or specifications

1 Stop production 2 Notify the Engineer 3 Take corrective action 4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement

11-109 Engineer Quality Assurance The Engineer will assess conformance to contract specifications by review of the Contractors mix design proposal by inspection of the Contractors procedures by oversight of the Contractors quality control inspection and records by splitting and testing samples with the Contractor during evaluation of the plant production start-up and the nuclear density test strip and by independent verification sampling and testing of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

55

the hot mix asphalt and aggregates during hot mix asphalt production The Engineer may test the asphalt aggregates or hot mix asphalt mixture to determine conformance with these Special Provisions Bitumen aggregates or hot mix asphalt that does not conform to these Special Provisions will be rejected 11-110 General Requirements Hot mix asphalt paving shall be done with asphalt paver (paving machine) Hot mix asphalt shall be handled spread and compacted in a manner which is in conformance with these Special Provisions and the Caltrans Specifications Hot mix asphalt shall be placed in such a manner that cracking shoving and displacement will be avoided Hot mix asphalt shall be placed only when the ambient temperature is above 50degF Hot mix asphalt shall not be placed when the underlying layer or surface is frozen or not dry or when weather conditions will prevent proper handling finishing or compaction of the mixture During transporting spreading and compacting petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a release agent on trucks spreaders or compactors in contact with the hot mix asphalt The Engineer shall approve the release agent Segregation shall be avoided Surfacing shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material Hot mix asphalt containing hardened lumps shall not be used Longitudinal joints in the top layer of hot mix asphalt shall correspond with the edges of planned traffic lanes Longitudinal joints in other layers shall be offset not less than six (6) inches nor more than 12 inches alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes At locations where the number of lanes is changed the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of hot mix asphalt until final compaction has been completed At locations where the hot mix asphalt is to be placed over areas inaccessible to spreading and rolling equipment the hot mix asphalt shall be spread by practical means to obtain the specified results and shall be compacted thoroughly to the required lines grades and cross sections by means of pneumatic tampers or by other methods that will produce the same degree of compaction as pneumatic tampers 11-111 Spreading Equipment Asphalt pavers shall be self-propelled mechanical spreading and finishing equipment provided with a screed or strike-off assembly capable of distributing the material to not less than the full width of a traffic lane unless otherwise approved by the Engineer Screed action shall include cutting crowding or other practical action that is effective on the hot mix asphalt mixture without tearing shoving or gouging and that produces a surface texture of uniform appearance The screed shall be adjustable to the required section and thickness The screed shall be provided with a suitable full width compacting device Pavers that leave ridges indentations or other marks in the surface shall not be used unless the ridges indentations or marks are eliminated by rolling or prevented by adjustment in the operation When end dump haul vehicles are used the asphalt paver shall operate independently of the vehicle being unloaded or shall be capable of propelling the vehicle being unloaded The load of the haul vehicle shall be limited to that which will insure satisfactory spreading While being unloaded the haul vehicle shall be in contact with the machine and the brakes on the haul vehicle shall not be depended upon to maintain contact between the vehicle and the machine No portion of the mass of hauling or loading equipment other than the connection shall be supported by the asphalt paver No vibrations or other motions of the loader that could have a detrimental effect on the riding quality of the completed pavement shall be transmitted to the paver

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

56

11-112 Spreading Layers shall be spread with an asphalt paver unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer Asphalt pavers shall be operated in such a manner as to insure continuous and uniform movement of the paver Hot mix asphalt shall be spread by mechanical means that will produce a uniform smoothness and texture Before placing the top layer adjacent to cold transverse construction joints the joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face on a neat line Transverse joints shall be tested with a twelve (12) foot straightedge and shall be cut back for surface smoothness as required in conformance with ldquoCompacting of these Special Provisions Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the requirements for smoothness Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and on a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are in the opinion of the Engineer in such a condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected 11-113 Compacting Equipment A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to obtain the specified compaction and surface finish required by these Special Provisions Rollers shall be sized to achieve the required results Rollers shall be equipped with pads and water systems that prevent sticking of the hot mix asphalt mixtures to the pneumatic or steel-tired wheels Power driven front drums rollers are recommended to be used to eliminate the development of bumps formations on the paving mat A parting agent that will not damage the hot mix asphalt mixture may be used to aid in preventing the hot mix asphalt mixture from sticking to the wheels Petroleum products such as diesel fuel and kerosene shall not be used as a parting agent The parting agent must be approved by the Engineer 11-114 Compacting ndash Base Failure Repair Compacting equipment shall conform to the provisions in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Rolling shall commence at the lower edge and shall progress toward the highest portion No rolling will be permitted after the hot mix asphalt temperature is below 140degF The goal of this compaction specification is to achieve a minimum density of 920 percent of maximum theoretical density (Rice density) as practicable as possible with minimum rolling and aggregate breaking A rolling pattern will be established on a test trip to achieve the end result using Multicool Pavecool or similar computer program which can calculate the time available for compaction based on actual weather conditions in the field and HMA delivery temperature behind the paving machine The Contractor shall extract cores and calibrate the nuclear gauge for this purpose Once the rolling pattern is established it should not be changed unless further cores or nuclear gauge measurements indicate a need of change Cores shall be extracted daily at random locations for quality control and calibration In-place density of hot mix asphalt will be determined prior to opening the pavement to public traffic using a calibrated nuclear gauge Upon completion of rolling operations if ordered by the Engineer the hot mix asphalt shall be cooled by applying water Applying water shall conform to the provisions in Section 17 Watering of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Ridges indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the hot mix asphalt by blading or other equipment shall be eliminated by rolling or other suitable means The use of equipment that leaves ridges indentations or other objectionable marks in the hot mix asphalt shall be discontinued When a straightedge twelve (12) feet long is laid on the finished surface and parallel with the centerline the surface shall not vary more than 01 foot from the lower edge of the straightedge The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that no depressions greater than 02 foot are present when tested with a straightedge twelve (12) feet long in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a twelve (12) foot traffic lane

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

57

The Contractor shall use a minimum ski length of 24 feet on one side and a joint matching control on the opposite side Automatic grade controls are required to be utilized in conjunction with ski and joint matching devices New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats and existing pavement 11-115 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving A maximum of three (3rdquo) inch compacted thickness of hot mix asphalt (HMA) overlay shall be installed in one lift Quantities shown on the bidding schedule are approximate and are given for estimating purposes only Pay quantities for hot mix asphalt will be based on the gross weight less the tare weight of each loaded vehicle delivering said material to the job site provided the gross weight does not exceed the legal weight limit for the particular vehicle being used No payment will be made for the quantity in excess of the legal gross weight limit for each load of material delivered to the job site It is the Contractorrsquos responsibility to accurately estimate the required HMA on the days paving work is scheduled Excess HMA at the end of the work day will be considered as waste and will not be compensated HMA will be measured by the ton and will be paid for at the contract price per ton This payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in constructing hot mix asphalt complete in place including tack-coat application as shown on the Plans and as specified in the Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 11-116 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) At the option of the Contractor WMA technology may be used at no additional cost Acceptable WMA technologies include water injected foam chemical additive or organic additive technologies The Contractor may produce HMA Type A using an authorized warm mix asphalt (WMA) technology per Caltrans Approved Products Web site httpwwwdotcagovhqescapproved_products_list Warm mix asphalt technology may be used as a compaction aid or WMA When used as a compaction aid the plant production temperature will be 276 F -- 325F When used to produce WMA the temperature range will be 240F ndash 275F Initial Unless otherwise stipulated WMA technologies may be used to produce HMA having plant production temperatures of 240F ndash 325F When a WMA technology is used the Job Mix Formula (JMF) submitted to the Engineer for approval shall not incorporate the WMA additive Provide information on the WMA manufacturer and dosage rate with the JMF submittal When required JMF verification testing will be performed on plant-produced material When testing plant-produced WMA to determine mix volumetrics moisture susceptibility or stability condition the mix for 15 to 18 hours at 140 plusmn 5˚ F or for 2 to 3 hours at 295 plusmn 5˚ F in accordance with California Test Method 304M (August 2008) prior to testing WMA may be cooled to room temperature prior to conditioning Mixture conditioning is not required for the Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity (RICE) test 11-117 Conform Tapers New paving shall tie smoothly into previously resurfaced mats existing pavement and to private drives Additional HMA overlay may be placed to create smooth conform taper Up to twenty-five (25) feet of side street overlay may be performed as per specifications and as directed by the Engineer No extra compensation shall be paid for extra traffic control time equipment manpower slow progress or delays due to removal and installation of frequent traffic control or any other contingencies required for the side street work It is anticipated that side street work may slow down the paving operation on the main street

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

58

11-118 Smoothness

General Determine HMA pavement smoothness with a 12-foot straightedge In special circumstances such as excessive bumps formation on the finish pavement the Engineer may request the use of Profilograph in lieu of the 12-foot straightedge The use of Profilograph shall be in accordance with the Caltrans Standard Specification and at the contractorrsquos expense Straightedge The HMA pavement top layer must not vary from the lower edge of a 12-foot long straightedge

1 More than 001 foot when the straight edge is laid parallel with the centerline 2 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid perpendicular to the centerline and extends from edge

to edge of a traffic lane 3 More than 002 foot when the straightedge is laid within 24 feet of a pavement conform

Smoothness Correction If the top-layer of HMA pavement does not comply with the smoothness specification the contractor shall correct the problem at his or her own expense The following are the correction methods

1 Micro (Fine-tooth) grind or Diamond grind the pavement to within tolerance Grinding shall not gouge out the aggregates of the finish pavement Micro-surfacing must be applied on the ground areas per Caltrans Standard Specification

2 Remove and replace the pavement 3 Place a layer of HMA

The Engineer must authorize the choice of correction before the work begins Corrected HMA pavement areas must be uniform rectangles with edges

1 Parallel to the nearest HMA pavement edge or lane line 2 Perpendicular to the pavement centerline

Measure the corrected HMA pavement surface with a 12-foot straightedge andor Profilograph and correct the pavement to within specified tolerances If a must-grind area or straightedged pavement cannot be corrected to within specified tolerances remove and replace the pavement 11-119 Acceptance Testing for HMA Hot mix asphalt shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans test 309

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter In order for the Contractor to monitor their performance the Contractor shall utilize a nuclear density gauge for preliminary testing which shall be correlated to core density obtained at the project site The cores shall be extracted within 24 hours of paving A Caltrans certified geotechnical lab that can evaluate the density of the cores must be used The Contractor shall have a representative with the roller at all times checking density of the compacted mat of the hot-mix asphalt Dry ice may be used for cooling the pavement prior to coring The number and locations of the samples will be as agreed upon in the field by the Engineer and the Contractor Samples shall be neatly cut with a saw core drill or other approved

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

59

equipment The Engineer shall meet in the field with the Contractor and mutually agree on several locations for compaction testing for the given lot and tie them out to the sidewalk or side of the road The actual test location(s) will be randomly selected from the several agreed upon locations At least one (1) core must be taken from the wheel path area The Contractor shall secure the core samples with proper label for at least two (2) months All cost of coring labor equipment traffic control incidentals etc shall be included in various bid items

Compaction Results Action

961 and greater

Work shall not be continued A mandatory meeting shall be held between the Contractor and the Engineer The Contractor shall propose adjustments to hisher materials andor procedures in order to meet required compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer Paving may then resume after the 24-hour mandatory waiting period with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

919 and less

The Engineer shall stop the work At the Contractors expense an independent engineering consultant acceptable to the Engineer shall be hired to analyze mix design structural adequacy of existing road and overlay placement andor compaction methods and test data Working days shall cease for a maximum period of ten (10) calendar days while the engineering consultant is selected and the investigation performed Paving may then resume by incorporating the recommended changes of the engineering consultant with a 500 ton maximum secondary test section

No more than one (1) secondary test section shall be allowed If compaction results from the secondary test section do not fall within 92 to 96 and at the sole discretion of the Engineer all remaining paving work and any associated work (striping shoulders etc) may be terminated Payment for work performed to this point shall be per Section 9-106D of the Caltrans Standard Specifications

11-120 Contractorrsquos Quality Control and Acceptance Testing Quality control sampling acceptance testing and inspection shall be provided during hot mix asphalt work Sampling testing and inspection shall be performed at a rate sufficient to ensure that the hot mix asphalt product conforms to the requirements in these Special Provisions and Caltrans Standard Specifications Sampling for testing to be reported to the Engineer shall be performed at the minimum frequency specified in the following table (see following pages)

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

60

Quality characteristic Test method Minimum sampling and testing frequency

TYPE A HMA Acceptance

Aggregate gradation California Test 202 1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF tolerance c

Sieve 34

12 X b 38

No 4 No 8 X

No 200 X Sand equivalent (min)

d California Test 217 1 per 750 tons but not less than

1 per day 47

Asphalt binder content ()

California Test 379 or 382

1 per 750 tons but not less than 1 per day

JMF 045

HMA moisture content ( max)

California Test 226 or 370

1 per 750 ton but not less than 1 per day

10

Percent of maximum theoretical density ()

California Test 308

California Test 309

3 per 750 tons but not less than 3 per day

1 per 750 tons but not less than one per day

92ndash97

Stabilometer value (min)dg

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 366 1 per 4000 tons or 2 per 5 business days whichever is

greater

30 37

Air void content ()

d h California Test 367 4 2

Percent of crushed particles Coarse aggregate ( min)

One fractured face Two fractured faces

Fine aggregate ( min)

(Passing no 4 sieve and retained on no 8 sieve) One fractured face

California Test 205 Minimum of 1 per project

90 75

70

Los Angeles Rattler ( max)

Loss at 100 rev Loss at 500 rev

California Test 211 Minimum of 1 per project 12 40

Fine aggregate angularity ( min)

California Test 234 Minimum of 1 per project 45

Flat and elongated particles ( max by weight 51)

California Test 235 Minimum of 1 per project Report only

Voids filled with asphalt () i

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

61

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

76-80 73-76 65-75 65-75

Voids in mineral aggregate ( min) i

No 4 grading 38 grading 12 grading 34 grading

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project

17 15 14 13

Dust proportion i

No 4 and 38 gradings 12 and 34 gradings

California Test 367 Minimum of 1 per project 09-20

06-13

Smoothness Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

As often as required 12-foot straight-edge must grind or

PI0 Asphalt binder Special Provision

andor Caltrans Standard

1 per 500 tons but not less than 1 per project

Caltrans Standard

Section 92 Asphalt rubber binder viscosity 350 degF centipoises

Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

Minimum of 1 per each blend or as directed by the Engineer

--

Asphalt modifier Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 23 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

CRM Special Provision andor Caltrans

Standard

1 per 225 tons but not less than 1 per project

--

b X denotes the sieves the tests for the specified aggregate gradation

c The tolerances must comply with the allowable tolerances

d Reports the average of 3 tests from a single split sample

g California Test 304 Part 213

h Determine the bulk specific gravity of each lab-compacted briquette under California Test 308 Method A and theoretical maximum specific gravity under California Test 309

i Report only if the adjustment for the asphalt binder content TV is less than or equal to plusmn03 percent from the OBC value submitted on a Contractor Hot Mix Asphalt Design Data form

j Voids in mineral aggregate for RHMA-G must be within this range

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

62

No single test result may represent more than 750 tons or 1 days production whichever is less For any single quality characteristic except smoothness if two (2) consecutive acceptance test results do not comply with the specifications

1 Stop production 2 Take corrective action 3 Take samples and split each sample into 4 parts in the Engineers presence Test 1 part for

compliance with the specifications and submit 3 parts to the Engineer The Engineer tests 1 part for compliance with the specifications and reserves and stores 2 parts

4 Demonstrate compliance with the specifications before resuming production and placement The Engineer will perform independent materials testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in the Special Provisions

11-121 Pay Factor for HMA HMA shall be compacted between a minimum of 92 percent and a maximum of 96 percent of Maximum Theoretical Density (Rice Density) as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

It has been recognized that improper compaction (or void content) is the most significant factor affecting mix performance An increase in void content leads to a decrease in modules fatigue life and resistance to permanent deformation These reduced factors equate to a great reduction in pavement life A decrease in void content beyond an optimum range leads to flushing and reduced skid resistance As such all finished hot-mix asphalt pavements which do not conform to the specified relative compaction requirements will be paid for using the following pay factors

In-Place Relative Compaction Pay Factor

99 or higher (Unacceptable over-asphalted mix) Remove and Replace

961 - 989 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

92 - 960 (Ideal) 100 Pay factor

90 - 919 (Less Ideal) 95 Pay factor

89 - 899 (Marginal air voids) 87 Pay factor

889 or less (Unacceptable air voids) Remove and Replace

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

63

Pavement density will be determined by comparing the average density of cores taken from the compacted pavement to the density of Maximum Theoretical Density as determined by the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D-2041 or Caltrans Test 309

a Lot Sizes The pavement will be accepted for density on a lot basis A lot will consist of 750 tons or portions thereof

b Laboratory Density Bituminous mixture for laboratory-compacted specimens will be sampled on a lot basis per Caltrans test 125 The lot size will be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) One sample shall be taken from each lot on a random basis One sample (CT 309) shall be done per lot

c Core Density Cores for determining the density of the compacted pavement will be taken on a lot basis a minimum of three (3) cores per lot The lot size shall be the same as indicated in paragraph (a) A minimum of three (3) cores shall be taken from each lot on a random basis The cores shall be taken in accordance with these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineers Representative The density of each core shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2726-89 or Caltrans Test 308

Core samples for determination of the density of completed pavements shall be obtained by the Contractor at hisher own expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore The core samples shall be four (4) or six (6) inches in diameter

11-122 Measurement and Payment HMA will be measured and paid for by the ton in the same manner specified for hot-mix asphalt in Section 39-6 Payment of the Caltrans Standard Specifications The contract price paid per ton of hot-mix asphalt shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placement compactions quality control and acceptance testing of hot-mix asphalt as shown on the plans as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer The contract price paid per square area of base-failure repairs shall include full compensation for dig-out of damaged areas multiple move-ins and traffic control furnishing all labor materials tack coat tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing the area for the placement of hot-mix asphalt as specified in Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

64

SECTION 12 RUBBERIZED CAPE-SEAL APPLICATION The rubberized cape-seal application is defined herein as a chip-seal application using either a) rubberized binder or b) tire rubber modified binder followed by a Type II micro-surfacing application as specified in the Special Provisions Both binders for chip-seal are considered alternate to each other The contractor can select any one of the above binders to bid providing the selected binder has a minimum 15 (by weight) recycled tire rubber per CalRecycle Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions The contractor shall provide a mix-design for chip-seal and micro-surfacing and certify that the source and proportion of paving asphalt liquid anti-strip crumb rubber polymer emulsion screenings any asphalt modifier any High Natural Rubber etc used in the mix-design is same as the one used in construction 12-101 Rubberized Binder Chip-Seal Rubberized binder chip-seal shall consist of an application of rubberized asphalt binder and hot screenings pre-coated with paving asphalt of PG 64-10 or PG 64-16 grade Rubberized binder chip-seal shall conform to the provisions specified for seal coat in Section 37-2 Seal Coats of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions Rubberized Binder At least two weeks before its intended use the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer four one-liter cans filled with the rubberized binder proposed for use on the project The Contractor shall supply the Engineer for approval a binder formulation and samples of all materials to be used in the rubberized binder at least two weeks before construction is scheduled to begin The binder formulations shall consist of the following information 1 Supplier and PG grade of asphalt binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 2 Supplier and identification (or type) of modifiers used 3 Percentage of asphalt modifier by mass of asphalt 4 Laboratory test results from a laboratory holding applicable AASHTO certification for test parameters

shown in these special provisions 5 PG grade of rubberized binder according to AASHTO Designation M 320 Rubberized binder shall be a homogeneous material conforming to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

65

Rubberized Binder Specification for Hot Applied Chip Seal Applications a

Property AASHTO Test Method GradePG 76-22

TRb Original Binder

Flash Point Minimum degC T 48 230 Solubility Minimum c T 44d 930e Rubber content Minimum 150 Viscosity at 135degC f

Maximum Pas T 316

30 Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 100

RTFO Test Mass Loss Maximum

T 240 100

RTFO Test Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Minimum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 76 220

Dynamic Shear Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum (delta)

T 315 Note g 80

Elastic Recoveryh Test Temp degC Minimum recovery

T 301 25 65

PAVi Aging Temperature degC

R 28 110

RTFO Test and PAV Aged Binder Dynamic Shear

Test Temp at 10 rads degC Maximum Gsin(delta) kPa

T 315 31 5000

Creep Stiffness Test Temperature degC Maximum S-value MPa Minimum M-value

T 313 -12 300 0300

Notes a Do not modify binder using acid modification b Supplier is required to certify 15 minimum tire rubber modifier in binder c The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier is a Quality Supplier as defined by Caltransrsquo ldquoCertification Program for Suppliers of Asphaltrdquo d The City allows ASTM D 5546 instead of AASHTO T 44 e For hot applied chip seal applications the solubility will be a minimum of 93 and a binder profile is required for supplier who is not a Quality Supplier as defined by the Departments Certification Program for Suppliers of Asphalt f The Engineer waives this specification if the supplier certifies the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures meeting applicable safety standards g Test temperature is the temperature at which Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of log Gsin(delta) plotted against temperature may be used to determine the test temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa A graph of (delta) versus temperature may be used to determine delta at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa The Engineer also accepts direct measurement of (delta) at the temperature when Gsin(delta) is 22 kPa h Tests without a force ductility clamp may be performed i PAV means Pressurized Aging Vessel

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

66

All material meeting PG 76-22TR shall be manufactured in accordance with the Caltrans Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) The Contractor shall also provide the blend run-sheets of each batch of rubberized asphalt binder supplied to the project

Certificate of Compliance

The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance to the Engineer in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-205B Crumb Rubber of the Standard Specifications for rubberized binder The certificate shall certify that the material which the certificate represents conforms to the provisions specified in these special provisions When requested by the Engineer the Contractor shall also submit samples with the Certificates of Compliance The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the constituent components of the rubberized asphalt binder and for the completed mixture of the rubberized asphalt binder Also provide binder blending production sheets The Quality Control Program used by the manufacturer of each ingredient shall include a sampling and testing frequency as shown below a Rubberized binder shall be tested at least once for every 200 tons of production with a minimum of

once for each project c A copy of the laboratory test results for the test parameters specified in these Special Provisions for

rubberized binder shall be submitted to the Engineer with the Certificate of Compliance for each truck load of individual material delivered to the project

The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of rubberized binder Certified weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer for materials supplied No change in grade shall be made without the written approval of the Engineer Equipment The equipment used by the Contractor for rubberized binder chip-seal operations shall conform to the following A Self-propelled power brooms shall clean the existing pavement and remove loose screenings without

dislodging screenings set in the rubberized asphalt binder Gutter brooms or steel-tined brooms shall not be used

B A minimum of 3 operational pneumatic-tired rollers conforming to the provisions specified in Section 39-203B (1) Compacting Equipment of the Standard Specifications except that the rollers shall carry a minimum loading of 3000 pounds on each wheel and an air pressure of 100 plusmn 5 psi in each tire shall compact the seal coat

C A self-propelled screenings spreader equipped with a screenings hopper in the rear belt conveyors to carry the screenings to the front and a spreading shall spread the screenings

D A self-propelled computerized rate controlled distributor truck shall be used for applying rubberized binder The distributor truck shall be equipped with a heating unit a pump or pumps that spray the binder within plusmn 003 GSY of the specified rate and a fully circulating spray bar that applies the binder without a streaked or otherwise irregular pattern The distributor truck shall be equipped with a tachometer pressure gages volume measuring devices and thermometer and computerized rate control

E Trucks for hauling screenings shall be equipped so that screenings can be discharged from the tailgate Trucks shall be equipped with a device to lock onto the hitch at the rear of the screenings spreader Haul trucks shall be compatible with the screenings spreader so that the dump bed will not push down on the spreader when fully raised Haul truck dump beds shall be designed so that while dumping into the receiving hopper screenings shall be prevented from spilling on the roadway

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

67

12-102 Tire Rubber Modifed Binder The recycled ground tire rubber shall conform to ASTM D6114 for cleanliness and gradation with 100 passing the Number 8 (236mm) sieve The asphalt rubber shall meet the definition of asphalt-rubber in ASTM D8 with15 by weight (100 California ground tire) and will be ldquoreacted in the hot asphalt cement sufficiently to cause swelling of the rubber particlesrdquo Once the material is sufficiently reacted it shall conform to the following specifications (1) Samples are tested at a 3mm gap and the precision and bias should conform to those in AASHTO

T315

CV 1s ()

Acceptable Range d2s ()

Operator Single Multiple Single Multiple Original Binder Gsinδ (kPa) 34 103 95 291 RTFO Gsinδ (kPA) 39 111 110 313 PAV Gsinδ (kPA) 79 198 224 561 (2) httpwwwdotcagovhqescctmspdfVialit_Testpdf With the exception that the Vialit plate and

AR are pre-heated to 375 F and the AR is added to the plate in an amount equal to the specified application rate The Vialit plate is placed on a hot plate while adding the chips provided from the project The material is cured at 77F for 48 hours instead of in an oven

Application rates and temperatures are in the table below Application rates are determined in the field after initial rolling and should be kept at a minimum

Application Rate Binder

Application Temperature Binder

Application Rate Aggregate (38rdquo or

12rdquo chip)

Application Temperature Coated

Aggregate 030 ndash 050 galyd2 350 ndash 400 deg F 18 ndash 28 lbsyd2 225-325 degF

Test Test Method Specification Ground Tire Rubber Content gt 15 Flash Point degF AASHTO T48 gt 400 Rotational Viscosity 190degC (Pamiddots) CA LP-11 800 - 2000 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge100 Softening Point degF AASHTO T53 gt 140 Resilience 77degF Rebound ASTM D5329 gt 30 Elastic Recovery 77F AASHTO T301 gt 65

Vialit Chip Retention Test2 Retention Caltrans Test

Method gt 90

RTFO Mass Loss AASHTO T240 le 100 Dynamic Shear Rheometer 82degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 ge220 PAV Aging TemperaturedegC (degC high temp climate)

AASHTO R28 100 (110)

Dynamic Shear Rheometer 34degC Gsinδ (kPa)1 AASHTO T315 le5000 Bending Beam Rheometer -12degC Creep Stiffness (MPa) m-Value

AASHTO T313

le300 ge0300

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

68

12-103 Screenings Screenings shall consist of broken stone crushed gravel or both At least 90 percent by mass of the screenings shall consist of crushed particles as determined by California Test 205 California Test 205 Section D definition of a crushed particle is revised as follows A particle having 2 or more fresh mechanically fractured faces shall be considered a crushed particle Screenings (medium hot applied) shall come from the same source as the screenings (hot-applied) and screenings (medium) Representative samples for the Cleanness Value test will be taken immediately prior to preheating the material Representative samples for grading requirements will be taken prior to pre-coating with asphalt Screenings shall be preheated to a temperature between 260degF (127degC) and 347degF (175degC) and then pre-coated with 07 to 10 percent asphalt by mass of dry aggregate and the contractor shall determine the amount The pre-coating of screenings shall be performed in an asphalt concrete plant Stockpiling of screenings after preheating and pre-coating with asphalt will not be permitted Canvas or similar covers that completely cover each load of pre-coated screenings shall be used during hauling to minimize temperature drop of the pre-coated screenings Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 221degF (105degC) Screenings shall conform to the following grading requirements prior to pre-coating with paving asphalt

SCREENINGS GRADING REQUIREMENTS

38 inch Medium Maximum

Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing

12 100 38 85-95 No 4 0-8 No 8 0-5

No 200 0-2 Screenings shall conform to the following quality requirements immediately prior to preheating

SCREENINGS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Test Parameters California

Test Requirements

Los Angeles Rattler Loss (100 Revolutions) 211 10 Max Los Angeles Rattler Loss (500 Revolutions) 211 40 Max Film Stripping 302 25 Max Cleanness Value 227 80 Min

Durability 229 52 Min Pre-heating of screenings

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

69

Screenings for rubberized binder chip-seal shall be preheated to between 260deg F and 325deg F and uniformly coated at a rate of 05-percent to 10-percent by weight of dry aggregate with any of the asphalts specified in the table Performance Graded Asphalt Binder in Section 92 Asphalts of the Standard Specifications Screenings shall be coated at a central mixing asphalt concrete plant that has been approved in conformance with the requirements in California Test 109 and the Material Plant Quality Production (MPQP) requirements of the California Department of Transportation Supplemental fine aggregate as defined in Section II HMA Plant Equipment Item E Aggregate Storage of the Material Plant Quality Program (MPQP) shall not be recombined with any other aggregate utilized in the production of screenings The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer Anti-strip Treatment of screenings At the option of the Engineer use a liquid Anti-strip treatment approved by the City with the pre-heated aggregates Provide manufacturer-supplied information about the LAS and dosage rates to the Engineer before using it The Engineer shall approve the LAS and will inspect the Anti-strip treatment of screenings Use manufacturer-recommended dosage rates and test results Ensure that the LAS is storage and heat stable and is compatible with the crude source of asphalt binder selected Some LASrsquo are detrimental to some crude sources of the asphalt binder The LAS usually has to be heated to insure consistent flow

Amine-type liquid anti-strip additives that are physically mixed with the asphalt binder will be classified as Type I Latex-type liquid anti-strip additives that are applied to the aggregate will be classified as Type II The following physical properties shall be determined for Type II Liquid Anti-Strip Additives

Test Test Method Weight Per Gallon 77 F (25 C) ASTM D1475 Brookfield Viscosity 77 F (25 C) using an RVT viscometer ASTM D2196 The report shall include the corresponding test temperature speed spindle and model of instrument pH Appropriate Method Percent Solids ASTM D1644 Method A Infrared Spectrum (latex portion) Appropriate Method The Contractor shall submit at least a one-liter (1 L) sample of LAS accompanied by an MSDS for the material The containers in which anti-strip liquids are delivered shall be plainly marked with the manufacturers name the brand name and designation of the material lot number and net quantity Bulk shipments shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket showing this information

12-104 Preparation for Chip-Seal Surfaces to receive rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal shall be prepared in conformance with the provisions specified for preparing surfaces to receive asphaltic emulsion as specified in Section 37-203D Surface Preparation of the Standard Specifications All pavement markers shall be removed prior to placement of chip-seal 12-105 Applying Rubberized Binder or Rubber Modified Binder Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied in conformance with the provisions specified for applying asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-105 Applying Asphaltic Emulsion of the Standard Specifications except the second third fourth and fifth paragraphs shall not apply Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall be applied at a rate from 040-gallon to 050-gallon per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The binder shall be applied when the temperature of the binder is between 330deg F and 375deg F

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

70

Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied when weather conditions are unsuitable or when the pavement is damp or wet The pavement surface temperature shall be a minimum of 55deg F where Rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder is to be applied The atmospheric temperature shall be a minimum of 60deg F and a maximum of 105deg F Rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder shall not be applied until sufficient screenings are available to immediately cover the binder being applied Distributor bar height distribution speed and shielding materials shall be utilized to reduce the effects of wind upon spray distribution as directed by the Engineer The Engineer will delay or reschedule work when high gusting or dirty winds prevent or adversely affect binder or screening application operations Necessary equipment shall be in position and ready to commence placement operations before starting The Contractor shall comply with Federal State and Local environmental laws rules regulations and ordinances including but not limited to air quality requirements The rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder application shall not be spread in excess of that which can be covered with screenings within 2 minutes When joining edges against areas with screenings the joint shall be swept clean of excess screenings prior to the adjacent application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder Transverse joints of this type shall be constructed by placing roofing paper across and over the end of the previous rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber chip-seal application Once the spraying has progressed beyond the paper the paper shall be removed immediately The longitudinal joint between adjacent applications of screenings shall coincide with the line between designated traffic lanes Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped for complete coverage The overlap shall not exceed 4 inches except with the approval of the Engineer the overlap may be up to 8 inches At longitudinal joints with screenings the edge shall be broomed back and blended to eliminate differences in elevation The joints shall be free from ridges and depressions and shall have a uniform appearance consistent with the adjacent sealed surface Defects shall be corrected at the Contractors expense Joints between areas of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder without screenings shall be made by overlapping rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distributions The excess material shall be properly dispersed by spreading with a squeegee or rake over a larger area of freshly applied rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder binder The application of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder to areas not accessible with the distributor bar on the distributor truck shall be accomplished by a squeegee rake or other means approved by the Engineer 12-106 Spreading Screenings Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread in conformance with the provisions specified for spreading screenings on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203G Spreading Screenings of the Standard Specifications except the dampness requirement and the reference to ldquobreakingrdquo of the emulsion shall not apply Screenings for rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal shall be spread immediately following the application of the binder within the range of 22 pounds to 30 pounds per square yard The exact rate will be determined by the Engineer The completed spread rate shall be within 10 percent of the rate determined by the Engineer The completed surface shall be free of gaps ridges depressions or other irregularities caused by the application of the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

71

Screenings shall be spread when the temperature of the pre-coated screenings is not less than 225deg F and not more than 325deg F after applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder The Contractor shall prevent any vehicle including construction equipment from driving on the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder prior to application of screenings The screenings spreader shall not be more than 50 feet behind the rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder distribution truck unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer Trucks hauling screenings shall be kept clear of the freshly placed screenings until ready to dump screenings in the spreader equipment except one staggered truck will be allow to follow the chip-seal operations 12-107 Finishing The chip-seal shall be finished in conformance with the provisions for finishing screenings spread on asphaltic emulsion in Section 37-203H Finishing of the Standard Specifications In addition the following shall apply A Removal of excess screenings shall be completed before uncontrolled traffic is permitted on the

modified binder seal coat B Initial rolling of the modified binder seal coat shall consist of a minimum of one complete coverage

with three pneumatic-tired rollers and shall begin immediately behind the screenings spreader The distance between the rollers and the screenings spreader shall not exceed 60 m at any time during the spreading of screenings operations

C A minimum of 3 complete coverages after the initial coverage shall be made with pneumatic-tired rollers on the modified binder seal coat Each coverage of the roller shall be as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications

D An initial brooming shall be performed after completion of the final rolling and prior to routing public traffic on the modified asphalt binder seal coat

E A minimum of 3 complete coverages as defined in Section 39 603 Compacting of the Standard Specifications with pneumatic tired rollers after the initial coverage shall be made on the modified binder seal coat When determined by the Contractor the final roller coverage may be made with one steel wheel roller weighing 725 tonnes minimum and 9 tonnes maximum If a steel wheel roller is used the roller shall be operated in the static mode only

F Sweeping shall be a multi-step operation following final rolling of the screenings Loose screenings shall be removed from the roadway surface and abutting adjacent areas Loose screenings shall be disposed of at least 151 Ft (46 m) from the nearest waterway

12-108 Chip-Seal Application at Cul-De-Sacs and Other Areas The contractor is required to install uniform rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal application at all areas of the street No exception for cul-de-sacs intersection radii or other perceived or actual ldquoinaccessiblerdquo areas can be granted If for some reasons the Contractor is unable to place chip-seal treatment at certain locations two remedies are available

1 At no cost to the City the Contractor shall place 2rdquo HMA overlay as per Caltrans Standard Specifications (method specs) 12rdquo NMAS type-A aggregate PG 64-10 binder and 48-54 binder in the HMA as per mix design is required The Contractor shall provide the mix design to the Engineer and receive approval of it The Contractor shall key-cut the gutter area at 2rdquo depth and transition it to 0rdquo at 6 feet away from the gutter Full circle of cul-de-sac area or other areas shall be overlaid without any exception

2 If the Contractor chose not to place overlay as per item 1 he shall pay an in-lieu charge for the overlay of $15 per square yard to the City

3 For all other areas (more than 01 square yard) left by the Contractor without a chip-seal treatment an in-lieu charge of $15 per square yard shall be assessed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

72

If the Contractor chooses one of the above remedies micro-surfacing treatment at those un-chip sealed areas will still be required Micro-surfacing will be paid as per bid item The measurement of untreated area will be made up to 110th of a square yard 12-109 Measurement and Payment The contract price paid per square yard of rubberized binder or tire rubber modified binder chip-seal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor materials including paving asphalt for pre-coating screenings tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in spreading the screenings complete in place including pre-heating pre-coating anti-strip treatment of screenings removal of pavement markers furnishing placing maintaining and removing C6 (Loose Gravel) and W6 (25 MPH) signs and temporary supports or barricades for the signs and for doing all the work involved in applying rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder complete in place as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-201 Micro-Surfacing Micro-surfacing shall consist of cleaning existing asphalt concrete pavement mixing a polymer modified cationic micro-surfacing emulsion (MSE) water and additives mineral filler and aggregate and spreading the mixture on a pavement surface as shown on the plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions 12-202 Application of Micro-Surfacing At every location the Contractor shall place micro-surfacing within 10 calendar days of installing rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal A penalty of $200 per square yard of street surface area shall be assessed if a chip-sealed street is not surfaced with micro-surfacing treatment within 10 calendar days of rubberized binder or asphalt-rubber binder chip-seal treatment 12-203 Material The materials for micro-surfacing shall conform to the following requirements Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) The Contractor shall supply certified and previously tested cationic asphalt emulsion and provide certification of AnalysisCompliance with each load that it is the same as used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run-sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative (agent) with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) shall be homogenous The polymer shall be milled or blended into the asphalt or blended into the emulsifier solution prior to the emulsification process The MSE shall contain a minimum of three (3) percent polymer solids based on mass of MSE residual asphalt A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of MSE in conformance with the requirements in Section 94-105 ldquoTest Reportrdquo of the Standard Specifications The MSE shall conform to the following requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

73

Requirements for Polymer Modified Cationic Micro-surfacing Emulsion (MSE) Tests on MSE

Test Test Method Requirement Viscosity 25C SFS AASHTO T 59 15-90 sec Sieve Test max AASHTO T 59 030 Settlement 5 days max ASTM D 244 5 Storage Stability 1 day max AASHTO T 59 1 Residue by Evaporation min California Test 331 62

Tests on Residue from Evaporation Test

Test Test Method Requirement G 20ordmC 10 radsec MPa AASHTO T315 Report Only Penetration 25ordmC AASHTO T 49 40-90 Phase Angle 50C 10 radsec PA (max) - PA base

AASHTO T315 Report Only

Softening Point min AASHTO T 53 57ordm C (140ordm F) Stiffness -12C MPa and M-value AASHTO T313 Report Only

Water and Additives Water shall be of such quality that the asphalt will not separate from the MSE before the micro-surfacing is placed on the pavement If necessary for workability additives that will not adversely affect the micro-surfacing product may be used

Mineral filler shall be Portland cement that is free of lumps Portland cement shall be Type I Type II Type III or a combination thereof as per Section 90-102B(2) ldquoCementitious Materialsrdquo of the Standard Specifications The type of mineral filler shall be determined by the Contractor based on laboratory mix designs The mineral filler will be considered part of the aggregate gradation requirement Aggregate The aggregate used for micro-surfacing shall be Type II as specified below The material shall be free from vegetation matter and other deleterious substances Aggregate shall be free of lumps and oversize particles One hundred (100) percent of the parent aggregate shall be larger than the largest stone in the gradation to be used Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements prior to the addition of the MSE If aggregates are blended each component aggregate shall conform to the Sand Equivalent and Durability Index requirements

The percentage composition by mass of aggregate including mineral filler shall conform to the following grading requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

74

TYPE II Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing 38rdquo (95-mm) 100 No 4 (475-mm) 94 - 100 No 8 (236-mm) 65 - 90 No 16 (118-mm) 40 - 70 No 30(600-m) 25 - 50 No 200 (75-m) 5 ndash 15

Please note that the maximum allowed tolerance is for each batch of aggregate delivery at site The Contractor is responsible for providing the mix design and making sure that the aggregate delivered to the job site is similar to the mix design If consistent variation in aggregate grading is found the project will be shut-down till the Contractor changes the aggregate supplied to the job site The aggregate excluding mineral filler shall conform to the following quality requirements

Test California Test Requirement Sand Equivalent min 217 65 Durability Index min 229 65 Percentage of Crushed Particles min1 205 95 Los Angeles Rattler

Loss at 500 Rev max2 211 35

Notes 1 Crushed particles must have at least one (1) fractured face 2 California Test 211 Los Angeles Rattler shall be performed on the aggregate before crushing

If the results of the aggregate grading do not meet the specified gradation the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor If the results of the Sand Equivalent test for aggregate do not meet the specified requirement the micro-surfacing represented by the test shall be removed However if requested in writing by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer the micro-surfacing may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $040SY for the aggregate represented by the tests and left in place The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor When the results of both the aggregate grading and the Sand Equivalent tests do not conform to the specified requirements and if the micro-surfacing is allowed to remain in place both payments to the City shall apply The City may deduct these amounts from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than two hundred seventy-five (275) tons or one (1) days production whichever is smaller 12-204 Mix Design At least ten (10) days before the micro-surfacing placement commences the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer a laboratory report of tests and a proposed mix design covering the specific materials proposed for use on the project The percentages of each individual material proposed in the mix design shall be shown in the laboratory

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

75

report Adjustments may be required during construction based on field conditions Individual materials shall be within the following limits

MSE Residual Asphalt 55 to 95 by dry mass of aggregate Water and Additives As needed Mineral Filler 0 to 3 by dry mass of aggregate

The mix design and aggregate tests shall be performed by a laboratory capable of performing the applicable International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) tests The proposed micro-surfacing mixture shall conform to the specified requirements when tested in conformance with the following tests

Test ISSA Test Method Requirements Wet Cohesion

30 Minute (Set) min 60 Minute (Traffic) max

TB 139

12 kg-cm 20 kg-cm

Excess Asphalt max TB 109 540 gm2 Wet Stripping min TB 114 90 Wet Track Abrasion Loss

6-day Soak max TB 100

810 gm2 Displacement

Lateral max Specific Gravity After 1000 Cycles of 57 kg max

TB 147A

5 210

Classification Compatibility min TB 144 (AAA BAA) 11 grade points Mix Time 25degC min TB 113 Controllable to 120 Seconds TB = Technical Bulletin

The laboratory that performed the tests and designed the mixture shall sign the laboratory report The report shall show the results of the tests on individual materials and shall compare their values to those required by these Special Provisions The report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate water (minimum and maximum) additive usage mineral filler (minimum and maximum) and MSE residual asphalt content (minimum and maximum) based on the dry mass of aggregate The laboratory shall report the quantitative effects of moisture content on the unit mass of the aggregate (bulking effect) in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 29M Previous laboratory reports covering the same materials may be accepted provided the material test reports were completed within the previous twelve (12) months The mix design shall further show the recommended changes in water additive and mineral filler proportions for high temperature weather conditions by reporting proportions of materials required for sixty (60) seconds of mix time with materials heated to 38degC This 38degC mixing report will not be required for projects requiring nighttime application The component materials used in the mix design shall be representative of the micro-surfacing materials proposed by the Contractor for use on the project Once the mix design is approved by the Engineer no substitution of other material will be permitted unless the materials proposed for substitution are first tested and a laboratory report is submitted for the substituted design in conformance with these Special Provisions Substituted materials shall not be used until the mix design for those materials has been approved by the Engineer

The completed mixture after addition of water and additives (if used) shall be such that the micro-surfacing mixture has proper workability At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of lanes in conformance with Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions the micro-surfacing mixture shall be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

76

12-205 Proportioning Aggregate water additives (if used) mineral filler and MSE shall be proportioned by volume utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer If more than one kind of aggregate is used the correct amount of each kind of aggregate to produce the required grading shall be proportioned separately prior to adding the other materials of the mixture in a manner that will result in a uniform and homogeneous blend The aggregate shall be proportioned using a belt feeder operated with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate opening shall be determinable The MSE shall be proportioned by a positive displacement pump Variable rate emulsion pumps if used shall be calibrated and used in the pumps calibrated condition in conformance with California Test 109 prior to usage The delivery rate of aggregate and MSE per revolution of the aggregate feeder shall be calibrated at the appropriate gate settings for each mixer-spreader truck used on the project in conformance with California Test 109 The aggregate belt feeder shall deliver aggregate to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual aggregate delivery rate check-run shall not exceed two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least three (3) ton each The emulsion pump shall deliver MSE to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The water pump shall deliver water to the pugmill with such volumetric consistency that the deviation for any individual delivery rate check-run shall be within two (2) percent of the mathematical average of three (3) runs of at least 1135 L each The MSE storage tank shall be located immediately before the emulsion pump and shall be equipped with a device which will automatically shut down the power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the MSE level is lowered to a point where the pump suction line is exposed A temperature-indicating device shall be installed in the emulsion storage tank at the pump suction level The device shall indicate the temperature of the MSE and shall be accurate to within 5degC The belt delivering the aggregate to the pugmill shall be equipped with a device to monitor the depth of aggregate being delivered to the pugmill The device for monitoring the depth of aggregate shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt feeder whenever the depth of aggregate is less than the target depth of flow A second device shall be located where the device will monitor the movement of the aggregate belt by detecting revolutions of the belt feeder The devices for monitoring no flow or belt movement shall automatically shut down the power to the aggregate belt when the aggregate belt movement is interrupted The device to detect revolutions of the belt feeder will not be required where the aggregate delivery belt is an integral part of the drive chain To avoid erroneous shutdown by normal fluctuation a delay of three (3) seconds will be permitted between sensing and shutdown of the operation

12-206 Mixing and Spreading Equipment The micro-surfacing mixture shall be spread by means of a spreader box However when wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box

12-207 Spreader Box The spreader box shall be capable of placing the micro-surfacing a minimum of 36-m wide and shall prevent the loss of micro-surfacing from the box Spreader boxes over 238-m in application width shall have baffles reversible motor driven augers or other suitable means to insure uniform application on super-elevated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

77

sections and shoulder slopes Spreader box skids shall be maintained in such manner as to prevent chatter (wash boarding) in the finished mat The spreader box shall be clean and free of micro-surfacing and MSE at the start of each work shift The spreader box shall have a series of strike-off devices at the rear of the box The leading strike-off device shall be fabricated of steel stiff rubber or other suitable material The number of strike-off devices shall be determined by the Contractor The first strike-off device shall be designed to maintain close contact with the pavement during the spreading operations shall obtain the thickness required and shall be capable of being adjusted to the various pavement cross sections for application of a uniform micro-surfacing finished surface The final strike-off device shall be fabricated of flexible material suitable for the intended use and shall be designed and operated to ensure that a uniform texture is achieved in the finished surface of the micro-surfacing The final strike-off device shall be cleaned daily and changed if problems with longitudinal scouring occur

12-208 Wheel Path Depression (Rut) Box The wheel path depression (rut) box shall be designed to have adjustable strike-off devices to regulate the depth and shall have a width of between 152-m and 181-m Hydraulic augers or similar devices shall be installed and shall be capable of moving the mixed material from the rear to the front of the filling chamber These devices shall also be capable of guiding the larger aggregate into the center deeper section of the wheel path depression and forcing the finer material toward the outer edges of the spreader box In areas inaccessible to the wheel path depression (rut) box the micro-surfacing mixture may be spread by other methods approved by the Engineer 12-209 Preparation for Micro-Surfacing Before placing the micro-surfacing the pavement surface shall be cleaned by vacuum sweeping to remove loose particles of paving dirt and other extraneous material When required by local conditions the roadway surface may be fogged with water ahead of the spreader box The application of the fog spray may be adjusted to suit temperatures surface texture humidity and dryness of pavement 12-210 Placing of Micro-Surfacing The micro-surfacing shall be applied when ambient temperature is above 52ordmF and rising the weather forecast is dry and no rain is anticipated (more than 25 chance) for the next twenty-four (24) hours after micro-surfacing has been applied Micro-surfacing shall not be placed if the ambient temperature during the curing period (24 hours) is expected to be below 45ordmF Micro-surfacing shall not be placed on the pavement after 230 pm unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer The Engineerrsquos directions must be followed For this compliance only National Weather Service zip code 95202 data shall be used When wheel path depressions have a cross section that is deformed 125-mm or more the individual wheel paths shall first be filled utilizing a wheel path depression (rut) box The depth of the wheel path depression shall be determined after adjacent ridges have been removed The maximum single application for wheel path depressions shall be 25-mm Wheel path depressions of depths greater than 25-mm shall require multiple applications in each depression Wheel path depression repair shall be constructed with a slight crown to allow for initial compaction by traffic on the micro-surfacing Freshly filled wheel path depressions shall be compacted by traffic for a minimum of twelve (12) hours before additional lifts of micro-surfacing material are placed for rut filling purposes or as surface courses The polymer emulsified asphalt shall be added at a rate from ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent by weight of dry aggregate The exact rate to be determined by the job mix design submitted by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

78

Micro-surfacing shall be spread at a rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard or as directed by the Engineer The completed spread shall be within ten (10) percent of the specified rate The micro-surfacing box squeegees rubber belting or similar material shall be flexible enough to spread the micro-surfacing uniformly over the surface The spreader box shall be pulled at a rate NOT GREATER THAN 270 FEET PER MINUTE Any areas micro-surfaced while the spreader box is exceeding 270 feet per minute will be considered out of specification and will not be paid for by the City Each spreader box used on the project shall be equipped with augers to insure uniform application of the micro-surfacing and shall have inboard set skids A sufficient amount of micro-surfacing shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained No lumping balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted No streaks such as caused by oversize aggregate shall be left in the finished pavement

No excessive buildup or unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or transverse joints Burlap drags may be used Approved squeegees shall be used to spread micro-surfacing in areas not accessible to the micro-surfacing mixerspreader Longitudinal joints shall correspond with the edges of the final traffic lanes The Engineer may permit other patterns of longitudinal joints if the patterns will not adversely affect the quality of the finished product Through traffic lanes shall be spread in full lane widths only Longitudinal joints common to two (2) traffic lanes shall be butt joints with overlaps not to exceed 76 mm Building paper shall be placed at the transverse joints to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing Other suitable methods to avoid double placement of the micro-surfacing will be allowed Hand tools shall be available to remove spillage The mixture shall be uniform and homogeneous after placing on the surfacing and shall not show separation of the MSE and aggregate after setting The completed surface shall be of uniform texture and free from ruts humps depressions or irregularities Adequate means shall be provided to protect the micro-surfacing from damage by traffic until such time that the mixture has cured sufficiently so that the micro-surfacing will not adhere to or be picked up by the tires of vehicles The Contractor shall submit certified weight tickets for all loads of aggregate delivered to the project site(s) Tickets shall be submitted to the Project Inspector by the end of each day in which a delivery is made At the end of the project tickets will be used to calculate the average spread rate of the micro-surfacing The average spread rate will be calculated by dividing the total pounds of aggregate for the project by the total square yardage of the project If the average rate is less than the allowable ten (10) percent variation from the specified spread rate of twenty (20) pounds of dry aggregate per square yard the Contractor shall pay to the City an amount of reduced compensation The City may deduct the amount of reduced compensation from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract The amount of reduced compensation will be calculated using the total square yards of micro-surfacing placed times the contract price per square yard times the reduced compensation factor The reduced compensation factor shall be equivalent to the percent reduction in rate from the specified rate (for reduction rates in excess of 10) For example a reduction rate of 101 from the specified 20 lbsSY would result in a reduced compensation factor of 101 or 0101 likewise a reduction rate of 11 below the specified 20 lbs would result in a reduction factor of 11 or 011 The reduced compensation factor will be calculated using the following equation

1mdash(calculated lbs of aggregate per SY 20 lbs per SY)= reduction factor

No reduction factor will be applied to the contract price for reduced spread rates within 10 of the specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

79

rate or for rates which exceed the specified rate At limits of micro-surfacing (start or finish) a straight line cut-off shall be obtained by laying down a strip of building paper or other approved material Such paper and any excess micro-surfacing shall be removed by the Contractor after application of the micro-surfacing Edge limits of the micro-surfacing on both sides of the street shall be maintained in a neat straight and uniform line Micro-surfacing shall extend to the lip of gutter The micro-surfacing may be allowed to extend onto the gutter pan 1rdquomdash2rdquo but a neat straight and uniform line must be maintained In the event that micro-surfacing extends onto the gutter more than 1rdquondash2rdquo or the micro-surfacing is not in a neat straight uniform line it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove all excess micro-surfacing from the gutters using an appropriate method Any runs or drips that spill on to the concrete gutter surface shall be removed the same day that the spill occurs At the completion of removal operations gutters shall be restored to original condition (greywhite concrete finish) All work associated with the removal of micro-surfacing from the gutters will be conducted at the Contractorrsquos expense For the convenience of the Contractor a preliminary punch list will be provided no more than one (1) day after each street has been micro-surfaced The items on the preliminary punch list shall be completed by the Contractor on the day the preliminary punch list is issued At the end of the project a final punch list will be issued to the Contractor for outstanding items 12-211 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the micro-surfacing is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the micro-surfacing is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the micro-surfacing shall cease a minimum of one (1) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The micro-surfacing shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the micro-surfacing shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the micro-surfacing will not be damaged 12-212 Test Strip Requirement At no cost to the City the Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of fiberized micro surfacing will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

80

stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material 12-213 Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or washboarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the micro-surfacing the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed

12-214 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weightmasterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the micro-surfacing All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weightmasterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All micro-surfacing trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration The weight of aggregate and asphaltic emulsion will be determined as provided in Section 9-101 ldquoMeasurement of Quantitiesrdquo 12-215 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for micro-surfacing shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing micro-surfacing and rut filling complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the micro-surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer 12-216 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the micro-surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

81

Attention is directed to Micro-surfacing of these Special Provisions During the warranty period should any area of micro-surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the micro-surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the micro-surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new micro-surfacing and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the micro-surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 12-217 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to chip-seal or mico-surfacing operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 13 SLURRY SEAL (Polymer Modified) 13-101 Description Slurry seal herein shall be a Type II polymer modified and consist of a mixture of an emulsified asphalt mineral aggregate water and additives proportioned mixed and uniformly spread over a properly prepared surface as shown on the plans as specified in these specifications and the special provisions and as directed by the Engineer The slurry seal shall be applied as a homogeneous mat adhere firmly to the prepared surface and have a skid-resistant texture throughout its service life Attention is directed to Description of Work Maintaining Public Convenience and Safety Public Notification and Warranty of these Special Provisions Slurry seal shall be applied after the necessary base failure repairs are completed which is located on the segment of West Lane from Harding Wy to Alpine Ave

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

82

13-102 Submittals General

The testing laboratory must sign the original laboratory report and mix design

If the mix design consists of the same materials covered by a previous laboratory report you may submit the previous laboratory report which must include material testing data performed within the previous 12 months for authorization

If requesting substitute materials submit a new laboratory report and mix design at least 7 days before starting placement

Submit a laboratory report of test results and a proposed mix design 7 days before starting placement of slurry seal The report and mix design must include the specific materials to be used

The laboratory report must include

1 Test results used in the mix design 2 Proportion of the following material based on the aggregates dry weight

21 Aggregate 22 Filler determined from tests minimum and maximum 23 Water minimum and maximum 24 Asphalt solids content 25 Set control agent

3 Comparison of slurry seal test results to the specified values

Each day submit moisture data for the aggregate collected every 2 hours when you are unable to maintain the moisture content to within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-103 Quality Control and Assurance The Contractorrsquos laboratory shall perform International Slurry Surfacing Association tests and mix designs

Calibrate each truck mounted mixer-spreader used in the presence of the Engineer Calibration must comply with California Test 109

Calibrate the adjustable cut-off gate settings of each mixer-spreader truck on the project to achieve the correct delivery rate of aggregate and emulsion per revolution of the aggregate feeder in compliance with California Test 109

Checks must be performed for each aggregate source using an approved California Test 109 vehicle scale

Individual checks of the aggregate belt feeders delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 3 tons each

Individual checks of the emulsion pumps delivery rate to the pugmill mixer must not vary more than 2 percent from the average of 3 runs of at least 500 gal each

Measure aggregate moisture every 2 hours during slurry seal placement or maintain the moisture content within a maximum daily variation of plusmn 05 percent

13-104 Mix Design The slurry seal mix design must comply with the requirements shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

83

Slurry Seal Mix Design Requirements

Properties

International Slurry

Surfacing Association

test method

Specification

Consistency mm max Technical Bulletin 106

30

Wet stripping Technical Bulletin 114

Pass

Compatibility Technical Bulletin 115

Pass a

Cohesion test b kg-mm within 1 hour min

Technical Bulletin 139

200

Wet track abrasion gm2 max

Technical Bulletin 100

800

a Mixing test must pass at the maximum expected air temperature at the job site during placement b Using project source aggregate asphaltic emulsion and set-control agents if any

The mix design must have the percent of asphaltic emulsion based on percentage by weight of the dry aggregate within the ranges shown in the following table

Asphaltic Emulsion Percentage Aggregate type Range

II 12ndash18

The Engineer determines the exact percentage based on the design asphalt binder content and the asphalt solids content of the asphaltic emulsion furnished

Aggregate type is described in section 37-302A

General

Aggregate must have the following gradation as determined under California Test 202

Aggregate Grading Percentage passing by aggregate type

Sieve sizes II 38 100 No 4 94ndash100 No 8 65ndash90 No 16 40ndash70 No 30 25ndash50 No 200 5ndash15

Aggregate must be rock dust or sand such as plaster sand Aggregate larger than the no 50 sieve must be 100 percent crushed rock Aggregate must be free from vegetable matter deleterious substances caked or clay lumps and oversized particles

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

84

Aggregate Type II

If the specific gravities differ by 02 or more California Test 202 is replaced with California Test 105 for blends of different aggregates

Aggregate for slurry seal must have the quality characteristics as specified in the following table

Aggregate Quality

Specification by

aggregate type Quality characteristic Test

method

II

Sand equivalent min California Test 217

55

Durability index min California Test 229

55

Each days aggregate moisture content measurements must not vary more than plusmn05 percent

Asphaltic Emulsion

Asphaltic emulsion must be either Grade QS1h anionic or Grade CQS1h cationic

Water must not allow separation of the asphaltic emulsion from the emulsion before you place the slurry seal You may use a set-control agent that does not adversely affect the slurry seal

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must

1 Consist of a polymer mixed with a bituminous material uniformly emulsified with water and an emulsifying or stabilization agent

2 Use either neoprene polymer or butadiene and styrene copolymer The polymer must be homogeneous and milled into the asphaltic emulsion at the colloid mill

3 Polymer modified asphaltic emulsion must be Grade PMCQS1h cationic and have the values of the properties shown in the following table

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

85

Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion

Property

Test method

Value Min Max

Tests on emulsion Saybolt Furol Viscosity 25 degC SFSa

AASHTO T 59 15 90

Sieve test AASHTO T 59 -- 030 Storage stability 1 day AASHTO T 59 -- 1 Residue by evaporation California Test 331 57 -- Particle charge AASHTO T 59 Positive

Tests on residue by evaporation test

Penetration 25 degC AASHTO T 49 40 90 Ductility 25 degC mm AASHTO T 51 400 -- Torsional recovery California Test 332 18 -- or Polymer content California Test 401 25 --

Note aSFS means Saybolt Furol seconds Sampling must comply with section 94-103

Mineral Filler

If Portland cement is used as mineral filler it must be any combination of Type I Type II or Type III cement

13-105 Construction Before applying slurry seal cover manholes valve and monument covers grates or other exposed facilities located within the area of application using a plastic or oil resistant construction paper secured by tape of adhesive to the facility being covered Reference the covered facilities with a sufficient number of control points to relocate the facilities after the application of the seal coat

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal or micro-surfacing mixture with hand tools or other authorized methods If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the material

Proportioning

The Engineer determines the asphalt distribution under California Test 310 The bitumen ratio in kilograms of asphalt per 100 kg of dry aggregate must not vary more than plusmn05 kg of asphalt from the determined amount

Proportion slurry seal ingredients in compliance with the authorized mix design Proportion and blend different aggregate types before adding other ingredients

After proportioning the slurry seal mixture must be workable and permit traffic within 1 hour after placement without occurrences of bleeding raveling separation or other distresses None of the same occurrences must be present 15 days after placing the slurry seal

Mixing and Spreading Equipment

Mixing and spreading equipment for slurry seal and micro-surfacing must proportion asphaltic emulsion water aggregate and any set-control additives by volume and mix them in continuous pugmill mixers Continuous pugmill mixers must be of adequate size and power for the type of materials to be mixed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

86

Truck Mounted Mixer Spreaders

Truck mounted mixer spreaders must comply with the following

1 Rotating and reciprocating equipment must be covered with metal guards 2 Proportion aggregate using a belt feeder with an adjustable cutoff gate The height of the gate

opening must be determinable 3 The belt feeder must have a depth monitor device The depth monitor device must automatically shut

down power to the belt feeder whenever the aggregate depth is less than 70 percent of the target depth

4 A separate monitor device must detect the revolutions of the belt feeder This device must automatically shut down power to the belt feeder if it detects no revolutions If the belt feeder is an integral part of the equipments drive chain the monitor device is not required

5 The aggregate belt feeder must be connected directly to the drive on the emulsion pump The aggregate feeder drive shaft must have a revolution counter reading the nearest 010 revolution for micro-surfacing and nearest 1 revolution for slurry seal

6 Emulsion storage must be equipped with a device that automatically shuts down power to the emulsion pump and aggregate belt feeder when the level of stored emulsion is lowered To allow for normal fluctuations there may be a delay of 3 seconds between detection of low emulsion storage levels or low aggregate depths and automatic power shut down

7 Emulsion storage must be located immediately before the emulsion pump 8 The emulsion storage tank must have a temperature indicator at the pump suction level The indicator

must be accurate to plusmn5 degrees F 9 No-flow and revolution warning devices must be in working condition and comply with California Test

109 Low-flow indicators must be visible while walking alongside the equipment Continuous Self-Loading Mixing Machine

Continuous self-loading mixing machines must be automatically sequenced and self-propelled The mixing machine must deliver the materials to a double shafted mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis The mixing machine must have sufficient storage capacity to maintain a continuous supply of materials to the proportioning controls The mixing machine must be self-loading without interrupting placement The mixing machine operator must have full control of forward and reverse speeds during placement

Slurry Seal Equipment

Introduce emulsion into the mixer with a positive displacement pump If you use a variable-rate pump the adjusting unit must be sealed in its calibrated position

Introduce water into the mixer with a meter that measures gallons

Identifying numbers for equipment must be at least 2 inches high and located on the front and rear of the vehicle

Spreader Box

Spread the slurry mixture with a spreader box that complies with the following

1 Capable of spreading a lane width 2 Equipped with material such as flexible rubber belting on each side and in contact with the pavement

to prevent loss of slurry from the box 3 If wider than 75 feet a spreader box equipped with a means such as baffles or reversible motor-

driven augers to uniformly apply slurry seal on super elevated sections and shoulder slopes 4 Equipped with rear flexible strike-off blades making close contact with the pavement and adjustable to

various crown shapes in order to apply a uniform slurry seal 5 Equipped with flexible drags attached to the rear and cleaned daily and changed if longitudinal

scouring occurs 6 Clean and free of slurry seal or emulsion at the start of each work shift

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

87

Placing

If truck-mounted mixer-spreaders are used keep at least 2 operational spreaders at the job site during placement

In areas inaccessible to spreading equipment spread the slurry seal mixture with hand tools If placing with hand tools first lightly dampen the area Do not handle or shift the mixture

Surface Preparation

Before you place slurry seal clean the pavement surface

Remove loose particles of extraneous materials including paving and dirt Use any nondestructive method such as flushing or sweeping

If slurry seal operations affect access to public parking residential property or commercial property notify residents businesses and local agencies at least 24 hours before starting activities The notice must

1 Describe the work to be performed 2 Detail streets and limits of activities 3 Indicate work hours 4 Be authorized Before starting slurry seal activities post signs at 100-foot intervals on the affected streets Signs must display No Parking ndash Tow Away Signs must state the day of the week and hours parking or access will be restricted

Within 1 hour after placement slurry seal must be set enough to allow traffic without pilot cars Slurry seal must not exhibit distress from traffic such as bleeding raveling separation or other distresses

Placement

Longitudinal and transverse joints must be

1 Uniform 2 Straight 3 Neat in appearance 4 Butt-type joints 5 Without material buildup 6 Without uncovered areas Place longitudinal joints

1 On centerlines lane lines edge lines or shoulder lines 2 With overlaps not more than 3 inches Set the leading edge of roofing felt on transverse joints to create a straight butt joint with the next application when the roofing felt is removed

Weather Conditions

Only place slurry seal if both the pavement and air temperatures are at least 50 degrees F and rising Do not place slurry seal or micro-surfacing if either the pavement or air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling The expected high temperature must be at least 65 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Do not place slurry seal if rain is imminent or the air temperature is expected to be below 36 degrees F within 24 hours after placement

Unsuitable Day

The Engineer may notify you of unsuitable conditions before 400 pm on the day before your 1st intended working day to place slurry seal After you have started slurry seal placement activities the Engineer has until

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

88

400 pm on the day before the next working day to give you an unsuitable day notice If the Engineer gives you an unsuitable day notice (1) do not place slurry seal on the next working day and (2) the City does not pay for return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job site and the time of workers If maintenance of previously applied slurry seal can be performed continue to perform maintenance

In the absence of an unsuitable day notice or if the Engineer gives notice after 400 pm of the previous day

1 Comply with specifications restricting slurry seal application 2 Return store or dispose of any slurry seal materials you deliver to the job site when conditions are

unsuitable 3 The Department adjusts payment for the return storage or disposal of materials delivered to the job

site 4 The Department adjusts payment for the show-up time of workers who would have applied slurry seal 5 Payment of materials and labor will be determined under section 9-104 except markups are not

added It is a nonworking day if the slurry seal is the controlling operation and (1) the Engineer provides you timely notice of an anticipated unsuitable day or (2) there is untimely or no notice and conditions are unsuitable for placing slurry seal or micro-surfacing

If you fail to submit the name of a person authorized to communicate with the Engineer about unsuitable day notices the specifications for payment do not apply

Spread slurry seal uniformly within the specified rate Do not spot rehandle or shift the mixture

The Engineer determines the exact spread rate for slurry seal The completed rate must be within 10 percent of the Engineers determined spread rate The slurry seal spread rates must be within the ranges shown in the following table

Slurry Seal Spread Rates Type of

aggregate Range

(lb of dry aggregatesq yd)

II 10ndash15

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal

Spread slurry seal in full lane widths Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches

Use a material such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement Remove the material after use Use hand tools to remove spillage

The finished surface must be smooth

The mixture must be uniform and homogeneous after spreading and there must not be separation of the emulsion and aggregate after setting

Protect the slurry seal from damage until it has cured and will not adhere or be picked up by vehicle tires

Test Strip The Contractor shall construct a test strip for evaluation by the Engineer The test strip shall be 300 feet to 500 feet long and shall consist of the application courses specified The test strip shall be constructed at the same time of day or night that the full production of slurry seal will be placed and may be constructed in 2 days or nights when multiple course applications are specified

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

89

The Engineer will evaluate the completed test strip after 12 hours of traffic on the completed test strip to determine if the mix design and placement procedure are acceptable If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable the test strip will be rejected the Contractor shall make modifications and a new test strip shall be constructed and evaluated by the Engineer The cost of materials and placement of the test strips which have been rejected shall be borne by the Contractor and will not be considered as part of the contract work If ordered by the Engineer rejected test strips shall be removed at the Contractors expense If approve by the Engineer the Contractor may continue with production work after placement of the test strip at his own risk If the test strip is rejected all production work shall be stopped and evaluated by the Engineer The production work will be evaluated in the same manner as the placement of the test strip and shall conform to the same requirements for the test strip material Repair of Early Distress If bleeding raveling delamination rutting or wash boarding occurs within sixty (60) days after placing the slurry seal the Contractor shall make repairs by any method approved by the Engineer The Contractor shall not be relieved from maintenance and final contract payment will not be made until repairs have been completed 13-106 Traffic Over Treated Areas If the slurry-seal is not capable of supporting unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours the Contractor shall pay to the City the sum of two hundred fifty ($250) dollars per half hour for each and every half-hour delay or portion thereof until such time as the slurry-seal is capable of supporting unrestricted traffic Placement of the slurry-seal shall cease a minimum of four (4) hour before the expiration of the times allowed for closure of lanes as specified in Maintaining Traffic of these Special Provisions unless the Contractor proves to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the surface will be ready for unrestricted traffic at the expiration of the lane closure hours The City may deduct these amounts from any progress payments or final payment due to the Contractor The slurry-seal shall be swept approximately twenty-four (24) hours after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Thereafter the slurry-seal shall be swept when directed by the Engineer for up to ten (10) days after placement to remove loosened or shed aggregate particles Sweeping shall be performed in such a manner that the slurry-seal will not be damaged 13-107 Calibration and Measurement The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with licensed Weight masterrsquos certificates of weight for all aggregates delivered to the job during the course of each day Aggregate certified as being delivered to the project shall be used only in the slurry seal All delivery trucks shall use tarp-wrap Excessively moist aggregate shall not be brought to stockpile No outside work shall be allowed utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the Cityrsquos contract Each load of asphalt emulsion shall be accompanied with a certificate of analysiscompliance that it is the same as that used in the mix design The Contractor shall supply dated asphalt emulsion plant run sheet signed by the manufacturerrsquos authorized representative with each load of emulsion It will be kept confidential The Contractor shall furnish prior to commencing work a calibrated stick to measure the emulsion in the trailer storage tanks in ten (10) gallon increments The Inspector shall check the emulsion in each load and in the tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion being used The Contractor shall also provide certified Weight masterrsquos tickets of any asphalt emulsion left in the tank at the end of the day (weight-back)

All slurry seal trucks are to be calibrated before starting work on the project Each truck is to be calibrated for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

90

the material source to be used If the material source is changed the trucks must be calibrated for the new source If questions arise during construction concerning material calibration the Engineer may require new calibrations to be done More frequent and surprise calibrations will be conducted as per Engineerrsquos discretion The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least forth-eight (48) hours before the calibration is performed on these machines A representative from the City may be present during calibration 13-108 Payment The contract price paid per square yard for slurry seal shall include full compensation for notifying property owners posting no-parking signs furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing slurry seal complete in place including testing for and furnishing mix design test strips cleaning the surface frequent pre- and post-sweeping furnishing added water additives and mineral filler protecting the slurry seal surfacing until it has set repair of early distress and sweeping as specified in these Special Provisions and in the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer Slurry seal is measured by combining the weight of the aggregate and asphaltic emulsion The weight of added water and set-control additive are not measured

If test results for aggregate grading or sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications you may remove the installed slurry seal represented by the test results or request it remain in place with a payment deduction The deduction is $175 per ton

If test results for both aggregate grading and sand equivalent do not comply with the specifications both deductions are made An aggregate grading or cleanness value test represents 300 tons or 1 days production whichever is less

13-109 Warranty The Contractor shall warranty the materials and workmanship of the slurry seal surfacing for a period of three hundred sixty-five (365) days and shall repair defects identified during the warranty period in conformance with these Special Provisions The warranty period shall start at the date of ldquoNotice of Completionrdquo given to the Contractor by the Engineer at the end of the project During the warranty period should any area of slurry seal surfacing be found defective the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any needed repairs The Contractor shall complete the repairs within sixty (60) days from the date of notification unless the Engineer determines that weather conditions are unsuitable for completing the repair work in which case the Engineer will allow additional time for completion of the repairs Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with the requirements of the warranty the Engineer may make or cause to be made the needed repair work and provide a detailed billing to the Contractor for the work The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the work within sixty (60) days of receipt of the billing or the costs may be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the contract Temporary patches and repairs made or caused to be made by the City shall not void the warranty of the slurry seal surfacing The Contractor shall continue to warranty the slurry seal surfacing including areas patched or repaired by the Contractor or by the City for the remainder of the warranty period

No separate payments will be made for warranty performance or warranty inspection The warranty shall include new slurry seal and for furnishing all flagging traffic control labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and doing all the work involved in repairing defective areas in the slurry seal surfacing including job site inspection placement and removal of temporary patches grinding repair of defective areas and replacement of traffic stripes pavement markings and pavement markers obliterated by patches and repairs

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

91

as shown on the plans as specified in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 13-110 Clean-up Upon completion of the each working day the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and must leave the site in a clean and safe condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer Any damage to any existing facility or pavement markingstriping due to slurry seal operations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer All curb gutter sidewalk shall be cleaned by blowing off and sweeping all debris If a catch basin is found without protective cover the Contractor shall vacuum clean it All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 14 CURB-RAMPS 14-101 Contractor Work Procedure Following field marking of precise limits by the Engineer the Contractor shall comply with the steps listed below The Contractor shall identify existing survey monuments such as chiseled crosses survey iron pipes and etc that may be present on the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project This information must be documented and photographed as part of the required Preconstruction Survey in these Special Provisions Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work a new record of survey shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office with copies submitted to the Engineer

1 The Contractor shall perform the survey to preserve any existing survey monuments such as chiseled

crosses survey iron pipe and etc that may be present in the pavement round corners and concrete flat work to be improved by this project Monument preservation shall be done by or under the supervision of a Licensed Land Surveyor Prior to construction work all applicable documentation shall be filed to San Joaquin County Surveyorrsquos office of which copies shall be submitted to the Engineer

2 Upon notification by the City the Contractor shall mark the location and notify Underground Service Alert USA at (800) 227-2600 for utility markings immediately Remove curb gutter sidewalk AC pavement curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work as specified The excavation shall be ten (10) inch minimum from the top of the curb-ramp grade

3 Compact sub base and aggregate base 4 Construct curb gutter curb-ramp and miscellaneous flat work Sidewalks shall be at least six (6)

inches thick Replace asphalt-concrete as required 5 All associated work and cleanup required to complete the project

The contract price paid per unit (each) of survey monument preservation and replacement shall include full compensation for traffic control multiple mobilizations furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved filing a new record of survey and resetting survey monuments

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

92

14-102 Concrete Curb Gutter Sidewalk and Curb-Ramp Use City of Stockton Standard Specifications numbered 25-32 with the following exception Sand is to be replaced with Class 2 aggregate base or approved equal Flow line for curb and gutter shall be established by the Contractor so that the water runoff would not puddle and can flow to the nearest catch-basin All concrete shall conform to minor concrete of Caltrans Standard Specification section 73 For sidewalks the concrete shall contain two (2) pints of liquid dispersed lamp black per cubic yard except when adjacent concrete is of a different color or texture In that case it shall be matched in color and quality at no additional cost to the City Score marks shall match those of existing adjacent walkways where applicable Concrete shall be saw cut at score marks prior to removal The color quality and texture of the new sidewalk shall match the existing adjacent walk The Contractor is required to replace any expansion joints removed during sidewalk repair Contractor shall accurately tie out and leave adequate marks in the field for hisher concrete crew to accurately stamp utility curb markings eg W for water S for sewer in sidewalk The contractor shall accurately tie out property crosses in accordance to 5-115 ldquoPreservation and Perpetuation of Existing Survey Monumentsrdquo of these Special Provisions and shall replace these marks once work is completed New concrete curb that is adjacent to catch basin shall be stamped with ldquoNO DUMPING DRAINS TO DELTArdquo message with fish symbol per the attached drawing Curb-ramps shall be constructed as per direction by the Engineer and as specified in the Standard Specifications Standard Plan COS Standard Specification Norsquos 31 and 32 The construction shall include saw cut removal and replacement of the asphalt-concrete curb gutter and sidewalk from BCR to ECR Additional sidewalk may need to be removed outside the BCRECR to establish proper compliance with ADA standards no extra payment will be made therefore If the installation of dual ramps (two ramps in one corner) is warranted it shall be considered as one curb-ramp and paid as one unit of bid item The limit may be extended up to the nearest score mark as per the Engineerrsquos direction The contractor is responsible for establishing the limits of the curb-ramps no extra payment will be made for additional concrete removed if proper limits are not established The demolition of existing corner may require the removal of asphalt-concrete pavement up to five (5) feet from the lip of the gutter No extra payment shall be made for this extra asphalt-concrete removal and replacement or any tasks associated with this operation If the existing condition required catch basins shall be reset at no additional cost Field directive of the Engineer shall supersede all specifications and plans Contractor shall be responsible for installing curb-ramp such that the runoff does not accumulate at the flow line Curb-ramps shall have a truncated dome panel(s) for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) The minimum size of each panel is 2rsquox3rsquo Up to two panels can be put together for a total width of four feet and length of three feet (4rsquox3rsquo) dimension The following list of panels are pre-qualified and approved by the City for this project

1 Vitrified polymer composite embedded type manufactured by Armor Tile Tactile Systems 2 Replaceable composite (wet-set) tiles manufactured by ADA Solutions Inc 3 Stainless steel cast-in-place manufactured by Advantage Tactile Systems and 4 Concrete base polymer manufactured by Tekway Dome Tiles

If the Contractor wants to use other products heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo product at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project Proper documentation and samples must be submitted with the request A sample installation may be required at no cost to the City All truncated

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

93

dome panels shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the product will be final The ramps shall be constructed as per the most current and updated (presently July 3 2015) Caltrans Standard Plan RSP A88A RSP A88B and the Engineerrsquos direction The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 Color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract price paid per unit (each) of curb-ramp shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting removal and replacement of existing PCC and AC curb gutter sidewalk pavement curb ramp furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome and concrete finishing brooming curing and protecting it for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-102A Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall retrofit existing concrete curb-ramps with detectable warning surface (truncated dome panel) in accordance with the construction details on plans Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 73 and these Special Provision The color of the detectable warning surface is preferred to be yellow conforming to Federal Standard 595 color number 33538 or similar Other colors may be accepted only if approved by the Engineer Truncated dome shall be cast-in-place and embedded in the concrete If the Contractor wants to use other method heshe shall request to the Engineer for ldquoapproved equalrdquo method at least fifteen (15) days before commencement of the project The decision of the Engineer to approve or disapprove the method will be final The manufacturer shall provide a five-year material and labor warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces guaranteeing removal and replacement in full when there is a defect in the dome shape color fastness sound-on-cane acoustic quality resilience or attachment The warranty shall also include damage due to cracking chipping andor imperfect installation including but not limited to air pockets under the tiles The warranty period shall begin on the date of acceptance of the project The contract unit price paid per unit (each) of truncated dome shall include full compensation for multiple traffic control and mobilization saw cutting furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in placing of truncated dome finishing brooming curing and protecting if for at least seven days after placement as shown on the plans as specified in Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer 14-103 Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable or on Trucks) GENERAL Summary This work includes removal and disposal of concrete waste by furnishing maintaining and removing portable temporary concrete washouts SWPPP must describe and include the use of a portable temporary concrete washout as a water pollution

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

94

control practice for waste management and materials pollution control Submittals At least five (5) business days before concrete activities start submit

1 Name and location of off-site concrete waste disposal facility to receive concrete waste 2 If applicable a copy of permit issued by RWQCB for off-site commercial disposal facility 3 Copy of license for off-site commercial disposal facility 4 Copy of permit issued by state or local agency having jurisdiction over disposal facility if disposal site

is located outside of the State of California Quality Control and Assurance Retain and submit records of disposed concrete waste including

1 Weight tickets 2 Delivery and removal of temporary concrete washouts

MATERIALS Portable Temporary Concrete Washout Portable temporary concrete washout must

1 Be a commercially available watertight container 2 Have sufficient capacity to contain all liquid and concrete waste generated by washout activities

without seepage or spills 3 Have at least 55-gallon capacity 4 Be labeled for the exclusive use as a concrete waste and washout facility Stencil Concrete Waste

material in three-inch (3rdquo) high letters on white background Top of stenciling must be 12 inches from the top of the container

Concrete Washout Sign Concrete washout sign must comply with the provisions in Section 12-306B Portable Signs of the Caltrans Specifications and

1 Be approved by the Engineer 2 Consist of base framework and sign panel 3 Be made of plywood 4 Be minimum 2 x 4 in size 5 Read Concrete Washout with three-inch (3rdquo) high black letters on white background

CONSTRUCTION Placement Place portable temporary concrete washouts at job site

1 Before concrete placement activities start 2 In the immediate area of concrete work as approved by the Engineer 3 No closer than 50 feet from storm drain inlets open drainage facilities ESAs or watercourses 4 Away from construction traffic or public access areas

Install a concrete washout sign adjacent to each portable temporary concrete washout location Operation Use portable temporary concrete washouts for

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

95

1 Washout from concrete delivery trucks 2 Slurries containing Portland cement concrete or hot mix asphalt from saw cutting coring grinding

grooving and hydro-concrete demolition 3 Concrete waste from mortar mixing stations

Relocate portable temporary concrete washouts as needed for concrete construction work Replace portable temporary concrete washouts when filled to capacity Do not fill higher than 6 inches below rim Your WPCM must inspect portable temporary concrete washouts

1 Daily if concrete work occurs daily 2 Weekly if concrete work does not occur daily

Maintenance When relocating or transporting a portable temporary concrete washout within the job site secure it to prevent spilling of concrete waste material If any spilled material is observed remove spilled material and place it into portable temporary concrete washout

Removal Dispose of concrete waste material at a facility specifically licensed to receive solid concrete waste liquid concrete waste or both When portable temporary concrete washout is full remove and dispose of concrete waste within 2 days

Payment The contract lump sum price paid for Curb Ramp includes full compensation for furnishing portable temporary washout and all the work involved in furnishing all labor materials tools equipment incidentals maintenance and removal of the portable temporary concrete washout including removal and disposal of concrete waste as specified in the Caltrans Specifications and these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer Final Cleanup Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall remove all equipment debris and shall leave the site in a neat clean condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer The Contractor shall clean the area of all construction related materials and sweep the entire project area including sidewalk and gutter thoroughly All construction signs cones barricades and conflicting markings shall be removed A punch list will be provided to the Contractor within one (1) week from the date of request to the engineer A final Notice of Completion will be issued once the Contractor completes the punch list items to the satisfaction of the Engineer SECTION 15 SIGNALS Work covered under this division shall include furnishing all labor material tools equipment and incidentals and doing all work involved which is required for the complete installation of the electrical work 15-101 Regulations and Code Regulations and Code shall conform to Section 86-102 of the Caltrans Specifications Nothing in these plans andor specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of applicable codes

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

96

All individuals who perform work as electricians for contractors licensed as Class A and C-10 electrical contractors shall be certified according to Assembly Bill AB1719 15-102 Warranties Guarantees and Instruction Sheets Warranties guarantees and instruction sheets shall conform to Section 86-105 of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All equipment furnished shall be guarantees to the City by the manufacturers for a period of not less than one-year following the date of the installation of such equipment If any part (or parts) is found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the one year period and it is determined by the Engineer or by an authorized manufacturerrsquos representative that said part(s) of equal kind andor type during the repair period and shall be responsible for the removal handling repair or replacement and reinstallation of the part(s) until such time as the traffic signal equipment is functioning as specified and as intended herein the repair period shall in no event exceed seventy-two (72) hours including acquisition of parts The one-year guarantee on the replaced or replaced parts shall again commence with the date or reassemble of the system 15-103 Description Furnishing and installing traffic signals shall conform to the latest applicable provisions of the CALTRANS California MUTCD and City of Stockton Standard Specifications and Plans and these Special Provisions Traffic signal work is to be performed at the locations shown on the plans Work or equipment not specified or shown on the Plans which is necessary for the proper operation of the work in this section shall be provided and installed at no additional cost to the City Any Contractor-requested change from approved plans and all specifications shall be made in writing to the City No changes shall be made in the field without written approval of requested changes by the City The contractor is responsible to take all necessary precautions and use best practices in the industry to perform all work require completing the project 15-104 Materials General Attention is directed to Section 6 except as provided under City-furnished Materials of these Special Provisions the Contractor shall furnish all other materials required to complete the work under this contract 15-105 Equipment List and Drawings All equipment and materials that the Contractor proposes to install shall conform to these specifications and contract plans A list of substitute equipment andor materials along with a written descriptive summary describing the functions of the components which the Contractor proposes to install shall be submitted along with his bid proposal The list shall be complete as to the name of manufacturer size and identifying number of each item The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be required In all cases the judgment of the Engineer shall be final as to whether substitute equipment andor material recommended by the Contractor conform to the intent of these specifications THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FINAL AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY 15-106 Foundations Foundations shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-203 Foundations of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 90-10 of the Caltrans Specifications and shall contain not

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

97

less than 590 pounds of cement per cubic yard (Class 2) for all uses Certification of the concrete shall be received from the vendor and delivered to the City Inspector at the time the concrete is poured Concrete foundations shall be constructed on undisturbed ground or in material that has been compacted to 95 relative density before excavating for foundation The foundation shall be cast monolithically up to the top 2 inches which shall be placed after the standards have been plumbed Construction of Concrete foundations includes placement of reinforcement required per City standards Poles shall not be set on foundations till a 7 day concrete curing period has passed Attention is directed to Section 51-113 of the Caltrans Specifications regarding bonding cold joints and construction preparations for same Dimensions of concrete footings for City of Stockton signal standards are shown on City of Stockton Standard Plans Drawings 113 and 116 The 1-B pole foundation shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 15-107 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts Standards steel pedestals and posts shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-204 Standards Steel Pedestals and Posts of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Type 1-B shall have four (4) bolt foundation utilizing a cast iron pipe flange with eight (8) holes with ornamental bolt cover On Type 1-B poles the ornamental cover shall rest on grouted surface The 1-B pole shall be installed in conformance with the City of Stockton Standard Drawings number 113 The Contractor shall have the Engineer locate the position of mast arm poles to determine if mast arms will be in conflict with existing overhead utilities If relocation of utilities is required immediate notification shall be given to the appropriate utility company All unused signal head tenons shall be capped Grout height under poles shall be the height of the leveling nut plus a washer as a minimum and the height of the leveling nut washer and one half inch as a maximum This height will be measured from the highest point of grade under the pole All nuts used to attach standards to foundations and all bolts and nuts used to attach mast arms to standards shall be tightened with the correct size socket or box wrenches 15-108 ConduitInterconnect Conduit shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-205 Conduit of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions All Conduits shall be Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 80 with rigid steel sweeps IMC conduit shall not be accepted With the exception for bends to and from pull boxes and foundations the conduit shall run straight and true so that cable pulling forces are minimized Insulated bonding bushings will be required on metal conduit All nonmetallic conduits shall have a No8 stranded (with green insulation) copper boundedgrounding wire These boundinggrounding wires shall be connected in the pull box with cable connectors - Burndy-Servit No KS -15 or an approved equal meeting Caltrans specifications Conduits into pull boxes and pole foundations shall be rigid metal and have 90-degree sweeps Plastic pulling bells shall be installed on all conduit ends before conductors are pulled through the conduits After conductors have been installed the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes andor controller cabinets will be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound Refer to the City of Stockton Standard Drawing 111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

98

and 111A for conduitpull box details Refer to City of Stockton Standard Plan Drawing 50A for trench width and depth All conduits shall be installed below the existing AC pavement regardless of the depth of the existing AC pavement All conduits shall be installed at a minimum depth of twenty-four (24) inches (top of conduit to the finish grade) All excavated areas in the street or sidewalk shall be completely backfilled or covered at the end of each working day and approved by the Engineer Where existing conduits to be used as directed by the Engineer the existing conduit shall be cleaned and both old and new cables shall be pulled into the existing conduit as a unit per Caltrans Specifications in Section 86-209B Installationrdquo Fiber Optic Interconnect The 2 rigid metal conduit between 6E pull box and the controller cabinet (for fiber optic interconnect) shall have 90-degree sweep and large radius bend Conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall enter with rigid sweeps at 45 degrees (in vertical plane) Sweeps shall be at least 24 inches below finished grade unless approved by engineer A pulling bell shall be installed at the end of each conduit 25rdquo PVC Schedule 80 conduit shall be installed between 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs All fiber optic interconnect conduits with fiber cable shall include one 1250Ibf detectable pull tape with 22 AWG wire A detectable pull tape shall be installed after Fiber Optic cable installation for future detection 15-109 Colored Controlled Density Fill (CDF) The controlled density fill for the installations of all conduits shall be a red color to distinguish the concrete backfill from other concrete and soil The concrete shall be pigmented by the addition of commercial quality cement pigment to the concrete mix The red concrete pigment shall be LM Scofield Company Orange Chromix Colorant or Davis Colors or accepted equivalent A minimum of 5 lbs of red tint pigment shall be used per yard of the CDF mix 15-110 Pull Boxes Pull boxes shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-206 Pull Boxes of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions When a pull box is subjected to vehicular traffic load the cover shall be steel embossed with a non-skid pattern Pull boxes shall be placed at same elevation as adjacent standard base service cabinet base or signal controller cabinet base if not an existing or future sidewalk area and elevation is not shown on plans Pull boxes shall be five feet (5rsquo) from base or as shown on the plans Pull boxes in existing or future sidewalk areas shall be placed at sidewalk elevation The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in median areas shall match the slope of the two adjacent curbs The pull box elevation for pull boxes installed in planting areas adjacent to sidewalk or sidewalk area shall be at sidewalk grade Pull boxes shall not be located within the limits of wheelchair ramps When pull boxes are placed in dirt and planting areas a concrete collar shall be constructed around the pull box The top of the pull box shall match slope of the adjacent top of curb The surface elevation of the collar shall match the surface elevation of the pull box and slope away from the pull box at a rate of 150 (2) slope The width of the collar shall be 12rdquo wide and 4rdquo inch depth The contractor shall clean all existing pull boxes entered for installation of conduit or wire of all dirt and debris All pull box lids damaged by Contractor operations shall be replaced at hisher expense The wiring in these pull boxes shall be neatly bundied recoiled and reinstalled in the box Where existing pull boxes are removed

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

99

and replaced with new larger boxes the existing conduits shall be cut back When the conduits are cut the existing conductors must either be removed or well protected The ends of the cut conduits must have bushings placed on them Grout in bottom of pull boxes will not be required Pull boxes shall be set on 6 inches of crushed rock for drainage The conduits in the pull boxes shall be placed 2rdquo above the crushed rock Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required All pull boxes shall be No 5 unless otherwise noted on the plans All pull boxes shall include copper grounding rods per City Standard All pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 6 unless otherwise noted on the plans All conduit sweeps into No 6 pull boxes on fiber optic interconnect runs shall be 45 degrees A State Standard Number 6E pull box with extension (17 x 30 x variable depth (inside dimensions)) shall be installed adjacent to the traffic controller cabinet for fiber optic interconnect cable The seam between pull box and extension shall be grouted The optional base slab of the 6 (T) PB shall not be used 15-111 Conductors and Wiring Conductors and wiring shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-208 Conductors and Section 86-209 Wiring of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions The Contractor shall install individual conductors type THW Polyvinyl Chloride (600 volt) Signal wires Street Light wires and White Neutral wires shall be 14 AWG 10AWG 12AWG respectively Signal cable shall not be used Inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in the conduit All conductors that are to be spliced together shall be twisted a minimum of 5-turns and soldered Then the joint shall be held by mechanical means before insulating in accordance with Method B All field wiring terminating in the traffic signal controller cabinet or service cabinet shall be fastened to the termination panels with one piece copper solderlesscrimpless wire lugs Solderlesscrimpless lug shall have offset shank and have a maximum wire size capacity of 6 15-112 Fused Splice Connectors Fused splice connectors as specified in Section 86-2095 Fused Splice Connectors of the Caltrans Specifications shall be required Fused splice connectors shall be installed in the base of the poles next to the inspection plate No pigtail is allowed on the fuse holders 15-113 Bonding and Grounding Bonding and grounding shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-210 Bonding and Grounding of the Caltrans Specification and these Special Provisions Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 316-inch or larger brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the conduit ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box In addition because of past conflict monitor electronic problems associated with grounding the Contractor shall be required to install a total of four (4) conductors between the service pedestal and the controller cabinet These conductors shall be installed as follows

Green Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to ground bus in service pedestal

White Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from Ground Bus 1 terminal in the controller cabinet to the neutral bus in the service pedestal

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

100

Black Conductor ndash No 8 stranded conductor from the power terminal in the controller cabinet (312B) to service breaker

Bare Copper Conductor ndash No 10 solid conductor from Ground Bus 2 in controller cabinet to conduit grounding bushing in pull box

Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation 15-114 Pedestrian Signals ndash Light Emitting Diode (LED) Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Pedestrian signals shall be State approved and conform to the following provisions General Pedestrian and countdown LED traffic signals shall be 16rdquo X 18rdquo Type ndash Full HandFull Man Overlay + countdown The numbers 00 to 99 on the numerical display shall have 2 rows of LEDs and a minimum height of 9 inches Installation

a LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall not require special tools for installation

b LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall fit into the traffic housings built to the VTCSH Standard without any modification to the housing

c LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be weather tight fit securely in the housing and shall connect directly to electrical wiring

d Installation of a replacement LED module into the pedestrian housing shall only require the removal of the existing optical unit components ie lens lamp gaskets and reflector

Signal Lens The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized and a minimum of frac14rdquo thick The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be smooth and frosted to prevent sun phantom LED Pedestrian and Countdown Signal Module Construction

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be a single self- contained device not requiring on-site assembly for installation into the traffic signal housing and include an installed gasket

b All Portland Orange LEDs shall be ldquoAlInGaPrdquo technology or equal and rated for 100000 hours or more at 25ordmC and 20 mA White LEDs must be ldquoInGaNrdquo technology

c All internal LED and electronic components shall be adequately supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources

d The signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame-retardant materials The lens is excluded from this requirement

e The lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be polycarbonate UV stabilized

f The exterior of the lens of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall be uniform and frosted to reduce sun phantom effect

g Each individual LED traffic module shall be identified for warranty purposes with the manufacturerrsquos trade name serial number and operating characteristics ie rated voltage power consumption and volt-ampere

Environmental Requirements

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

101

a The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules shall be rated for use in the ambient operating temperature range of -40ordmC to +60ordmC (-40ordmF to +140ordmF)

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal modules when properly installed with gasket shall be protected against dust and moisture intrusion per requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 sections 4721 and 4732 for type 4 enclosures to protect all internal LED electronic and electrical components

Luminous Intensity

a Pedestrian and countdown LED signal modules shall be designed to operate over the specified ambient temperature and voltage range attract the attention of and be readable by a viewer (both day and night) at all distances from 3 m to the full width of the area to be crossed

b The luminous intensity of the LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall not vary more than plusmn 10 for voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC

Chromaticity The measured chromaticity coordinates of the LED signal modules shall conform to the chromaticity requirements as follows

ldquoHandrdquo shall be Portland orange Not greater than 0390 nor less than 0331 nor less than 0997 ndash x

ldquoWalking Personrdquo shall be lunar white x not less than 0290 nor greater than 0330 y not less than 15x ndash 0175 nor greater than 15x ndash 0130

Electrical a The secured color coded 914 mm (36 in) long 600V 20 AWG minimum jacketed wires conforming

to the National Electrical Code rated for service at +105ordmC are to be provided for electrical connection

b The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module shall operate from a 60 plusmn3 Hz AC line over a voltage range of 80 VAC to 135 VAC Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 plusmn3 volts rms

c The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above

d The LED pedestrian and countdown signal module circuitry shall include voltage surge protection against high-repetition noise transients and low- repetition noise transients as stated in Section 216 NEMA Standard TS-2 1992

e Catastrophic failure of one LED light source shall not result in the loss of more than the light from that one LED

f The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with the currently used controller assemblies The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall be operationally compatible with conflict monitors

g The LED pedestrian and countdown module including its circuitry must meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Subpart B Section 15 regulations concerning the emission of noise

h The LED pedestrian and countdown module shall provide a power factor of 90 or greater over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above for modules with 6 watts or more

i Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED pedestrian and countdown module shall not exceed 20 over the operating voltage range and temperature range specified above

FUNCTIONS

Basic Operation

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

102

The control and regulation module shall be of the ldquosmartrdquo type in order for the countdown displays to be automatically adjusted with the programmed intervals of the traffic controller Operating Modes The module shall operate in two different modes

a Full Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the walk signal is energized It will countdown the full walk and flashing clearance signal to reach ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

b Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode ndash The module will start counting when the flashing clearance signal turns on and will countdown to ldquo0rdquo and turn off when the steady ldquoDonrsquot Walkrdquo signal turns on

Note The units shall be set on the Clearance Cycle Countdown Mode at the factory The units shall be easily changed to either mode by a ldquojumper wirerdquo on the back of the unit Power Failure The equipment must maintain a consistent countdown during short power failures (lt1 second) A longer failure or an absence of signal superior to one (1) second must turn off display and trigger a restart system remembering the last sequence as done for the NEMA traffic controller Quality Assurance LED pedestrian and countdown modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a Vendor quality assurance (QA) program including both design and production quality assurance All QA process and test result documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum of seven years Warranty

a The unit shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor if it exhibits a failure due to workmanship or material defect within the first 60 months of delivery

b The unit shall be repaired or replaced if the intensity level falls below 50 of the original values within 60 months of delivery

15-115 Pedestrian Pushbuttons (PPB) Pedestrian pushbuttons shall be a 4-Wire type system which shall be compatible with existing Cityrsquos system

a Construction The housing for the unit shall be 9rdquoX12rdquo (green) and made of 356 Aluminum heat-treated to meet Spec T-6 It shall be of a telescoping vandal- proof design The color shall be olive green Adaptors may be required to install the navigator pushbutton housing and the sign plate Where pedestrian pushbutton posts (PPP) are required the 9rdquoX12rdquo housing shall be installed on a 4rdquo PPP with adaptors The PPB shall be installed right side up

b A system includes a Control Unit (CU) an interface panel a Configurator to program all the functions (green) and up to 12 Push Button Stations The PBS shall provide information and cues via both a vibrating arrow button and audible message indicating therdquo WALK SIGN IS ONrdquo during WALK interval making the intersection accessible for all pedestrians All sounds shall emanate from the back of the unit The weather-proof speaker shall be protected by a vandal resistant screen A sunlight visible red LED latches ldquoONrdquo to confirm the button has been pushed PBS shall include frame sign ADA compliant push button and mounting hardware

By interfacing with the Control Unit that installs in each pedestrian indication head the PBS shall provide the following standard features

Confirmation of button push via latching LED sound and vibrotactile bounce Direction of travel (with extended button push) Standard locating tone during Donrsquot Walk (and clearance if desired) Standard voice messaging during walk

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

103

Vibrating button during walk Standard locating tone or verbal countdown during PED clearance All sounds automatically adjust to ambient over 60dB range All sounds shall be synchronized Extended button push shall turn on boost volumes andor mute all sounds except those on

activated crosswalk

c Mounting Height and Location Controls shall be located as close as practicable to the public sidewalk curb at a height of 40 above the finished surface of the public sidewalk

d Pedestrian Pushbutton front cover plates shall be international symbol (R10-3b MUTCD sign) and installed with security screws The security screws shall be stainless steel button head socket cap screws 8 diameter 38 inch in length and 32 threads per inch The socket shall be 332 inch Allen

e The contractor shall verify with Traffic Engineering the types of verbal message to be programmed in each pedestrian push button

15-116 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment Removing reinstalling or salvaging electrical equipment shall conform to the provisions in Section 86-7 Removing Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment of the Caltrans Specifications and these Special Provisions Existing facilities that are removed (ie streetlights electroliers frames grates covers roadside signs etc) shall be salvageable wherever shown on the plans and as determined by the Engineer Equipment shall be tagged with intersection name from which it was removed All equipment to be salvaged shall be handled as follows All signal equipment (signal heads pedestrian heads push buttons etc) shall be removed from the poles and stacked on pallets This includes signal hardware conductors and terminal compartments The equipment shall be secured on the pallets and delivered to Corporation Yard All poles shall be salvaged to the storage yard on Daggett Road Contact the Cityrsquos Operation and Maintenance at (209)-937-8341 giving 72 hours advanced notice prior to delivery Staff will direct contractor to Daggett Road yard and where to leave signal equipment in the Corp Yard All conductors shall be removed from abandoned conduits Otherwise removed items shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of as provided in Section 7-113 of the Caltrans Specifications 15-117 Traffic Signal Turn On and Change Over The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the turn on or change over of any traffic signal operation He shall notify the Resident Engineer and the City Traffic Engineer of the impending turn on or activation of any traffic signal included in this contract 72 hours in advance of the turn on or change over No traffic signal turn on or change over shall occur on Monday Friday Saturday or Sunday Upon turn on or change over of any traffic signal the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory compliance with all requirements necessary for the operation of the traffic signal including but not limited to appropriate detection controller response pedestrian countdown and Navigator pedestrian system sound features operating and the traffic signal response to the various calls In no case shall the traffic signal be left in operation if any of the design features of the operation are found to be inoperable All signal and pedestrian heads shall be covered by signal head jackets The intersection shall be protected with portable Stop signs and certified Flaggers during any traffic signal turn on or change over Flaggers and stop signs shall remain on site until all attendees to the turn on or change over are satisfied that the traffic signal is functioning appropriately Mounted Stop signs on barricades shall be maintained on site for immediate application to any intersection with traffic signal under construction The Traffic Signal Sub Contractor shall respond to any interruption of

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

104

normal functioning of a traffic signal within two (2) hours The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all of the necessary sub-contractors for a successful turn on or change over of a traffic signal and to determine that all of the appropriate remedies are in place to return a traffic signal to its prior operation mode should a failure of any of the components necessary for successful operation occur Full compensation for furnishing all labor materials tools equipment and incidentals for doing the work described in this section shall be included in the signal and lighting contract item at each location shown on the plans and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor SECTION 16 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS See next page

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

105

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

106

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

107

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

108

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

109

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

110

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

111

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

112

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

113

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

114

FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project PROJECT NO PW1446 FEDERAL PROJECT NO STPL-5008(142)

115

  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
  • Blank Page
Page 8: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 9: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 10: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 11: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 12: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 13: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 14: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 15: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 16: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 17: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 18: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 19: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 20: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 21: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 22: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 23: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 24: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 25: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 26: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 27: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 28: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 29: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 30: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 31: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 32: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 33: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 34: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 35: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 36: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 37: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 38: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 39: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 40: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 41: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 42: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 43: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 44: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 45: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 46: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 47: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 48: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 49: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 50: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 51: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 52: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 53: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 54: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 55: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 56: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 57: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 58: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 59: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 60: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 61: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 62: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 63: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 64: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 65: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 66: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 67: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 68: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 69: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 70: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 71: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 72: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 73: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 74: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 75: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 76: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 77: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 78: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 79: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 80: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 81: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 82: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 83: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 84: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 85: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 86: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 87: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 88: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 89: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 90: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 91: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 92: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 93: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 94: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 95: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 96: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 97: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 98: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 99: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 100: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 101: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 102: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 103: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 104: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 105: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 106: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 107: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 108: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 109: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 110: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 111: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 112: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 113: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 114: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12
Page 115: Special Provision for FFY 2014-15 Street Resurfacing Project No … · 2016. 2. 10. · 5-1.39 Records ... SECTION 11 HOT MIX ASPHALT ... 11. Caltrans Standard Specifications 12